diff options
Diffstat (limited to '27177-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 27177-h/27177-h.htm | 7323 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 27177-h/images/coverb.jpg | bin | 0 -> 346377 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 27177-h/images/covers.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25015 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 27177-h/images/p0b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 66445 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 27177-h/images/p0s.jpg | bin | 0 -> 24611 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 27177-h/images/p159.jpg | bin | 0 -> 32104 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 27177-h/images/p175.jpg | bin | 0 -> 39299 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 27177-h/images/p182.jpg | bin | 0 -> 38591 bytes |
8 files changed, 7323 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/27177-h/27177-h.htm b/27177-h/27177-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6db9435 --- /dev/null +++ b/27177-h/27177-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7323 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" /> +<title>The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882</title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + P { margin-top: .75em; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + P.headingsummary { margin-left: 5%;} + H1, H2 { + text-align: center; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + } + H3, H4, H5 { + text-align: left; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + } + BODY{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + table { border-collapse: collapse; } +table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;} + td { vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid black;} + td p { margin: 0.2em; } + .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */ + + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .pagenum {position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + color: gray; + } + + div.gapspace { height: 0.8em; } + .citation {vertical-align: super; + font-size: .8em; + text-decoration: none;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> +<body> +<h2> +<a href="#startoftext">The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882, by Joseph Wild</a> +</h2> +<pre> +The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882, by Joseph Wild + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882 + + +Author: Joseph Wild + + + +Release Date: November 6, 2008 [eBook #27177] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST TEN TRIBES, AND 1882*** +</pre> +<p><a name="startoftext"></a></p> +<p>Transcribed from the 1880 Robert Banks edition by David Price, +email ccx074@pglaf.org</p> +<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">London</span>: +<span class="smcap">printed by</span><br /> +<span class="smcap">Robert Banks</span>, <span +class="smcap">Racquet Court</span>, <span class="smcap">Fleet +Street</span>, <span class="smcap">E.C.</span></p> +<p style="text-align: center"> +<a href="images/coverb.jpg"> +<img alt="Book cover" src="images/covers.jpg" /> +</a></p> +<h1><!-- page v--><a name="pagev"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +v</span><span class="smcap">the</span><br /> +<span class="smcap">Lost Ten Tribes</span>,<br /> +<span class="smcap">and</span><br /> +1882.</h1> +<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">by</span><br /> +REV. JOSEPH WILD, D.D.,<br /> +<span class="smcap">pastor of union congregational +church</span>,<br /> +<span class="smcap">brooklyn</span>, <span +class="smcap">n.y.</span></p> +<p style="text-align: center">LONDON:<br /> +<span class="smcap">robert banks</span>, <span +class="smcap">racquet court</span>, <span class="smcap">fleet +street</span>. <span class="smcap">e.c.</span><br /> +1880.</p> +<p style="text-align: center"> +<a href="images/p0b.jpg"> +<img alt="Great seal of the United States" src="images/p0s.jpg" +/> +</a></p> +<p>This device of the great Seal was adopted by act of the +Continental Congress, on June 20th, 1782, and re-adopted by the +New Congress, September 15th, 1789. The act provided for an +<i>obverse</i> and a <i>reverse</i>, as set forth in this plate; +the <i>reverse</i> is not used. This is a plate of the +first and original Seal, which, by use, has been worn out. +The one now in use is the second; it differs from the first that, +by an accident, seven arrows were left out of the eagle’s +talon.</p> +<p style="text-align: center"><!-- page vi--><a +name="pagevi"></a><span class="pagenum">p. vi</span><i>BY THE +SAME AUTHOR</i>.</p> +<p style="text-align: center">Price 2s., post free 2s. 3d.,<br /> +THE FUTURE OF ISRAEL<br /> +AND JUDAH.<br /> +<span class="smcap">With a Portrait of Dr. Wild</span>.</p> +<p style="text-align: center"><span +class="smcap">Philo-Israel</span> says:—“We recommend +most strongly that all our friends should obtain the book. +Once in their hands, we know they will read it to the +end.”</p> +<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">London</span>: +<span class="smcap">Robert Banks</span>, <span +class="smcap">Racquet Court</span>, <span class="smcap">Fleet +Street</span>.</p> +<h2><!-- page xi--><a name="pagexi"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +xi</span>PREFACE.</h2> +<p>The following Discourses are presented to the public in book +form, agreeable to the request of numerous friends. I have +selected twenty from one hundred and thirty which I have given to +my own congregation during the past three years. I have +tried to have them lean one against another, to the end that the +argument might be continuous and somewhat complete. The +reader will remember, however, that the vast subject of which +they treat, cannot be fairly and completely presented in such a +volume as this. Also, it should be borne in mind that the +language, style, and structure, are sermonic. Pulpit +literature, in these things, is peculiar and distinctively +characteristic.</p> +<p>When I first entered the ministry, I made up my mind that I +would try and thoroughly understand the Scriptures. I soon +found that a large portion was of a prophetic nature. I set +to work according to the usual method, but to my sorrow I soon +discovered that the method and rules in general use for Scripture +exegesis, among what they called orthodox authors, were very +defective and unsatisfactory. The fact was forced upon me +that the true method, or key of interpretation, was not in +use. I was always persuaded that the Bible was a unit, and +that the principles contained in such a unit were beautifully +related; and because of such a faith, I wondered more and more as +I grew older why we had not a better key of interpretation. +Men <!-- page xii--><a name="pagexii"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. xii</span>spiritualised at random, without any +kind of rule, except their own fancy. In this manner they +expounded the material history of the Old Testament. The +whole arrangement was a Babel.</p> +<p>I had faintly discerned that the Scriptures made a distinction +between the House of Israel and the House of Judah, and that the +prophecies belonging to one could not, in fairness, be applied to +the other; and that some prophecies applied to both. It +always seemed strange to me, that the people which God said He +had chosen for Himself, should not be known. The Jews were +always known, but where was “Israel, His +inheritance?” Again, I could see no point in the Lord +swearing so positively about David’s seed and throne +lasting to the end of time. Taking them in a typical sense, +they were about the poorest types that could have been selected, +because of the shortness of their existence, according to the +general mode of interpretation. Just at this point of my +experience I came across a book, entitled “Our Israelitish +Origin,” by the late John Wilson, the reading of which +confirmed me in my convictions, and aided me to a better +knowledge of the good Book of Providence.</p> +<p>After some twenty years of experience, I began to teach the +principles of interpretation embodied in these discourses. +Some three years ago I began to give a series of sermons on the +Ten Lost Tribes. I soon found my own congregation, as well +as the public, were interested and profited with the same, as was +manifest from the large and constant attendance thereon. By +personal interviews and letters, I have been gratified to learn +that many have been savingly and truly converted to God through +these Discourses. Especially has this been the case with +those who were infidel in faith and action towards God and His +Word. I have received hundreds of letters thanking me that +the key of interpretation presented had made the Bible <!-- page +xiii--><a name="pagexiii"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +xiii</span>an interesting and easily understood book. The +interest created gave rise to numerous requests for copies of my +sermons. The notice by the public press now and again +intensified the interest and increased the demand. To meet +this desire I made arrangements with the editor and proprietor of +a weekly paper called the <i>Champion</i> to publish my evening +Discourses. At once the arrangement was found to be +profitable to him, agreeable to me and admirably suited to the +public. So for more than a year the <i>Champion</i> has +been my faithful messenger on this line, and will continue to +be. It is a weekly paper, published at 132, Nassau Street, +New York; price one dollar per year. I am not personally +interested more than this. With its politics and other +matter I have nothing to do; but for the sermonic matter I hold +myself responsible. I feel free to express my pleasure in +the wonderful increase of its circulation. I am glad it +goes all over the States, the Dominion of Canada, and is in +goodly demand in Great Britain.</p> +<p>After I had been preaching on this subject for some time, I +made, fortunately, the acquaintance of a name-sake of mine, Mr. +Joseph Wild, of Bay Ridge, near Brooklyn. On this subject I +found him remarkably well posted. He had lots of books, +pamphlets, papers, and maps on the matter, any or all of which he +gave me liberty to use. Through him my attention was called +to the valuable writings of our English brethren on this point, +Edward Hine, Rev. Mr. Glover, M.A., Rev. Mr. Grimaldi, M.A., +Philo-Israel, and a host of others, whose writings have helped me +very much. Our English friends have now a vast store of +this kind of literature; while, so far as I know, we have no home +production. This is one reason I feel satisfied in sending +forth this volume.</p> +<p>For years I have been greatly interested in Pyramidology, in +<!-- page xiv--><a name="pagexiv"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +xiv</span>the teachings of the Great Pyramid at Gizeh in +Egypt. Twenty years ago I had confidence to lecture +frequently on the subject, and a few years since it was in my +mind to publish a small work on it. The necessity of such +work was wisely and competently taken out of my hands, however, +by the appearance of a book entitled, “The Stone +Miracle,” by Rev. Dr. Seiss, of Philadelphia. This is +a book admirably suited to beginners on this line of study. +And if one wants to go further and be specially informed on +Pyramidology, why let them get “Our Inheritance in the +Great Pyramid,” a work by Professor Piazzi Smyth, +Astronomer-Royal of Scotland. To this man God has given a +fine mind and a large heart for a special place and work. +But what pleases me above all, is that this Pyramid, being the +<i>Lord’s Pillar</i>, and <i>His Witness</i>, should so +finely tally with the Scriptures and Providence; that the +teachings of this monument are in harmony with the principles of +interpretation, as applied to the prophecies in these +Discourses.</p> +<p>By several small engravings I have sought to aid the mind of +the reader through the eye. In the Royal Arms of England +there is considerable of history; the position of the lions, +unicorn, crown, and indeed all connected with it is significantly +expressive. In these things, the accidental grouping, so +far as man was concerned, were as much under Divine supervision +as the blundering of the Jews in the crucifying of Jesus. +So, Divinely considered, they Divinely reveal. We know not +the mind of our fathers in the matter of selecting and composing +the items that make up the great seal, but we know the mind of +Providence.</p> +<p>The plate of the ragged old stone, called Jacob’s +pillow, is not very distinct, but it is the best we could +do. As it is, it will aid the reader in forming a better +idea. The stone in shape <!-- page xv--><a +name="pagexv"></a><span class="pagenum">p. xv</span>is an oblong +square, about 32 inches long, 13 broad, and 11 inches deep. +At each end is an iron ring, much worn and rusted. It is a +bluish steel-like colour, mixed with some veins of red. It +has been in its present resting place 583 years.</p> +<p>The main idea I wish to convey in this book, is that God is +conducting His Providence through His ancient chosen people, +Israel, whom I believe are found in the Saxon race. And His +throne on earth, through which flow the purposes of Providence, +is David’s throne, which I believe to be at present the +English throne. Queen Victoria (and God bless her) I +believe to be of David’s seed. The United States +fulfils the <i>rôle</i> of the Tribe of Manasseh. +Therefore, to understand the prophecies, Providence, and the +present movement of nations, as well as the future lot and +destiny of each, we must read the Scriptures in this light. +God has made the children of Israel and throne of David His +executive, in time, on earth. They are His executive for +civilisation, evangelisation, order, and conquest. Through +them God will conquer the world to an universal peace. As +Moses was to God, so is Israel. Moses being a Divine +executor, was to the people a god—so is Israel to all +mankind. Spiritual Israel will come through literal +Israel.</p> +<p>I have expressed myself freely, and shall cheerfully grant +reviewers, critics, and readers, the same privilege. I send +forth this book with a pure desire that it may do good. +Amen, so mote it be.</p> +<p style="text-align: right"><span class="smcap">Joseph +Wild</span>.</p> +<p>Brooklyn, May 1st, 1879.</p> +<h2><!-- page 17--><a name="page17"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +17</span>KEY DISTINCTIONS.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> I.</h2> +<blockquote><p>“We have a more sure word of prophecy; +whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that +shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the day star +arise in your hearts. Knowing this first, that no prophecy +of the Scripture is of any private interpretation.”—2 +Peter i. 19, 20.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>I am about to give you a few Discourses on Prophecy, and in +doing so I desire, in the first place, to point out to you a few +very important distinctions included in the prophecies. +Suppose the Bible to be a great palace, with its royalty, royal +children, servants, and subjects. You desire to go through +it and view it intelligently, and to understand all about its +inhabitants and laws of government; now to do so, you must have +keys, and you must learn who is who, their place, authority, and +work. If not so qualified, you could not pass from room to +room, and you might confound the King with some servant, and +visitors might be mistaken for the children of the +household. Thus your ideas would be considerably mixed; you +would be guilty of talking about the King, when you really meant +some servant, and of prophesying for the royal children in the +name of the visitors. The years would come and go, but +events would not happen as you had prophesied. Each <!-- +page 18--><a name="page18"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +18</span>generation would take your report and follow in your +footsteps, thus confusion and disappointment would keep pace with +the passing generations.</p> +<p>What is here made a matter of supposition, has been a solemn +fact on the line of human experience. Men have studied the +Bible and Providence in this ignorant and confused way. +Theologians have thrown aside all restraints, and well-defined +limitations and distinctions of the Bible in their assumed +liberty of expounding and spiritualising the same. No +matter to them that there is a God-revealed distinction between +Judah and Israel, Manasseh and Ephraim, Samaritans and Gentiles, +and the throne of David and the throne of the heathen. +Writers and speakers are guilty of using the words Judah and +Israel in a synonymous sense, though the words stand for +different people, history, and prophecies, soon after the +descendants of Jacob settled in Palestine. To aid you in +seeing this historical confusion and folly, let me call your +attention to them separately.</p> +<h3>JUDAH.</h3> +<p>What does this word stand for in the Bible? In the +<i>first</i> place it is the name of the fourth son of +Jacob. In the <i>second</i> place it was the name of his +direct descendants or Tribe. In the <i>third</i> place it +became the name of the portion of the country occupied by this +Tribe in the Promised Land. In the <i>fourth</i> place it +became the name of a kingdom and government; this fourth name +included the Tribe of Benjamin and their territory. In the +<i>fifth</i> place it became the name of the whole country of +Palestine, and is now often so used. To-day this word +stands for those we call Jews, who, as they allow among +themselves, represent and only include Judah and Levi.</p> +<p>On the death of Solomon the country and Tribes finally +separated into two Houses, kingdoms, and governments. Nine +Tribes went with Jeroboam, and three with Rehoboam—namely, +<!-- page 19--><a name="page19"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +19</span>Judah, Levi, and Benjamin. The nine-tribed House +was called Israel, the three-tribed House Judah. This +separation was about 975 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span> (1 Kings +xii.). From that day to this these two Houses have never +been united; but they are to be, as scores of statements to that +effect are in the good Book (Hosea i. 11). About 580 <span +class="smcap">b.c.</span> the House of Judah was taken captive +into Babylon, remaining 70 years, then they returned to their own +land and remained till the year of our Lord 70, when Jerusalem +was destroyed and they were scattered.</p> +<p>Prophecies referring to the Jews are numerous and in striking +contrast to those that refer to Israel. 1. The Jews were to +be a scattered people. 2. A specially persecuted +people. 3. To be without a nationality. 4. To be +without government. 5. Not to be owners of landed property, +though they will have money, until toward the latter days. +6. They were to be a proverb. 7. They were to be few in +number. 8. They are to retain a special type of +features. 9. They were to be repeatedly robbed. 10. +They were to reject Christ. 11. To retain the Mosaic +service till returned to their own land. 12. They are to +keep their name, and many such distinctions, none of which should +be applied to Israel. All these things have been and are +fulfilled, or fulfilling, and though men are wonderfully given to +spiritualising, few, if any, venture to spiritualise +Judah’s curses. Men and ministers calling themselves +Gentiles, are rude enough to spiritualise the blessings of Judah, +and stealing them, apply them to themselves.</p> +<h3>ISRAEL.</h3> +<p>1. A name given to Jacob after wrestling with the Angel. +2. A term applied sometimes to all the descendants of +Jacob. 3. In a spiritual sense, those who believe in +Christ. 4. A name that covered and included the nine Tribes +which went with Jeroboam and formed the kingdom of Israel. +They remained a distinct kingdom, and till now a +nationality. From 975 to <!-- page 20--><a +name="page20"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 20</span>725 <span +class="smcap">b.c.</span> they had some 19 kings. They were +finally carried captive into Assyria by Shalmanezer (2 Kings +xvii.). From that captivity they have never returned; as a +body they never can, only representatives, as stated in Jer. iii. +14, “One of a city, and two of a family.”</p> +<p>Now prophecy points out that it was Israel that was to be lost +for a while, and come to light in the latter day. They are +known in the Scriptures in contradistinction from others by such +terms as the following: “<i>All Israel</i>,” +“<i>All the House of Israel wholly</i>,” +“<i>The House of Israel</i>,” “<i>Men of +Israel</i>,” and God calls them His “<i>Servants</i>, +<i>Witnesses</i>, <i>Chosen People</i>, <i>Inheritance</i>, and +<i>Seed</i>.” The lot, course, and providential +portion of this people are very marked from any other, especially +from the Jew, with whom they are so often confounded. The +history of the two peoples have been wide apart and as different +as they well could be.</p> +<p>1. They were to be <i>lost</i>. 2. They were +to be <i>divorced</i> from the Mosaic law. 3. They were to +lose their <i>name</i>. 4. They were to lose their +<i>language</i>. 5. They were to <i>possess</i> the isles +of the sea, coasts of the earth, waste and desolate places, to +inherit the portion of the Gentiles, their seed, land, and +cities. 6. They are to be great and successful +<i>colonisers</i>. 7. Before them other people are to +<i>die out</i>. 8. They are to be a <i>head</i> +nation. 9. To be a <i>company</i> of nations. 10. To +be <i>great</i> in war on land or sea. 11. To be +<i>lenders</i> of money. 12. To have a +<i>monarchy</i>. 13. To be <i>keepers</i> of the +Sabbath. 14. To have David’s <i>throne</i> and seed +ruling over them. 15. They are to <i>possess</i> Palestine, +and invite their brethren of Judah to return. And thus I +might repeat some sixty positive marks and distinctions setting +forth Israel; and yet men wilfully persist in confounding them +with the Jews, or looking for this great and favoured people of +the Lord among the lowest of human kind, Indians, Africans, and +so on.</p> +<h3><!-- page 21--><a name="page21"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +21</span>SAMARITANS.</h3> +<p>The Samaritans were not Jews or Israelites, strictly +speaking. They of course became Jewish in their customs and +worship. Originally they were Assyrians. When the +nine Tribes were carried captive, they were brought and put in +their place. “And the King of Assyria brought men +from Babylon and from Cuthah, and from Ava, and from Hamath, and +from Sepharvaim, and placed them in the cities of Samaria, +instead of the children of Israel” (2 Kings xvii. +24). The Jews and the Samaritans never wholly mixed; one +was always distasteful to the other. They never were taken +captive, and to this day they live in and about Mount Scychar, +numbering between three and four hundreds.</p> +<h3>BENJAMIN.</h3> +<p>The Tribe of Benjamin has a singular and special place in the +history of Israel and Judah. Neither the Old or New +Testament can be well understood unless one understands the place +of this Tribe in Providence. They were always counted one +of the Ten Tribes, and reckoned with them in the prophetic +visions. They were only loaned to Judah about 800 +years. Read 1 Kings xi. They were to be a light for +David in Jerusalem. God, foreseeing that the Jews would +reject Christ, kept back this one Tribe to be in readiness to +receive Him, and so they did. At the destruction of +Jerusalem they escaped, and after centuries of wanderings turn up +as the proud and haughty Normans. Finally they unite with +the other Tribes under William the Conqueror. A proper +insight into the work and mission of Benjamin will greatly aid +one in interpreting the New Testament. He was set apart as +a missionary Tribe, and at once set to work to spread the Gospel +of Jesus. Most of the disciples were Benjaminites. +Then, after 800 years of fellowship with Judah, they were cut +loose and sent after their brethren of the House of Israel. +It was needful that the Lion and the Unicorn should unite.</p> +<h3><!-- page 22--><a name="page22"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +22</span>MANASSEH AND EPHRAIM.</h3> +<p>The history of these two representative characters is worth +your careful study. The whole of the circumstances of Jacob +blessing them must be accepted as Divinely directed. +Manasseh was to be a great people, and so I believe he is. +In the United States I find this promise literally +fulfilled. This is the Key to the settlement of this land; +to the agitations of the Pilgrims and Puritans in England. +The mission, work, and place of the United States may be found in +the prophecies relating to this Tribe. Let anyone examine +the great seal of the United States, and study its design, and +surprise will fill the mind that facts, Providence, and +prophecies do so wonderfully agree. Take the obverse +side. Here you have an eagle with outstretched wings; the +bird is perfect, not double headed and deformed, as in other +cases where the eagle has been or is the national bird. The +striped escutcheon on its breast, in its beak a scroll, inscribed +with a motto, “<i>E pluribus Unum</i>”—one out +of many, as Manasseh was, and as the country is building up a +grand nationality and oneness out of all nations nearly. +Over the head of the eagle there is a <i>glory</i>—the +parting of clouds by light; in the opening appear 13 stars, +forming a constellation argent, on an azure field. In the +dexter or right talon is an olive branch, a symbol of peace; in +the sinister or left talon is a bundle of 13 arrows. But it +is on the reverse side of the great seal that we have a +wonder. Here we have an unfinished Pyramid; a portion of +the top is gone, exactly the same as the Great Pyramid in Egypt +is at this day—anticipating this very day (Isa. xix. 19): +“In that day shall there be an altar to the Lord. And +it shall be for a sign and for a witness unto the Lord of hosts +in the land of Egypt.” Now it is somewhat singular +that the Congress of 1782 should have adopted so remarkable a +sign, one that would witness to God and tell of their +origin. The reverse side is the under side, and shows from +whence the nation came, and on what it is <!-- page 23--><a +name="page23"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 23</span>built. +In the zenith—that is, above the top of the +Pyramid—is a triangle surrounded by a glory; and in the +centre is an all-seeing eye. Over the eye we have <i>Annuit +Cœptis</i>, which means, “<i>He prospers our +beginning</i>.” On the base of the Pyramid we have in +letters, 1776, and underneath the following +motto—“<i>Novus ordo seclorum</i>,” meaning a +“New era in the ages.” The suggestion of the +items upon the great seal was from Sir John Prestwich, Bart., an +Englishman. He gave the suggestions to the American +Minister, John Adams, and thus the same were conveyed to Congress +and adopted.</p> +<p>We have in the facts of the great seal a series of coincidents +that connect this country with the Tribe of Manasseh. When +the Tribes marched, Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh went together +on the West side of the ark, for their homes were Westward. +On their battalion banner was the figure of a youth, denoting +activity, with the motto, “The cloud of Jehovah rest on +them, even when they go forth out of the camp.” Here +we have the origin of the cloud on the seal. And when we +remember that Manasseh was brought up at the foot of the Pyramid, +and could see it from his palace home at Memphis, then we get a +cue to the figure of the Pyramid on the seal. <a +name="citation23"></a><a href="#footnote23" +class="citation">[23]</a></p> +<h3>PYRAMID.</h3> +<p>The Pyramid is a wonderful witness for God and His +people. This building in Egypt has stood for 4,000 years; +finished and complete, it stood for about 3,000 before anybody +ventured to find a way into it. Then, at a great cost of +men, money, and time, a way was forced in by an Arab chief. +There surely is something remarkable that the only thing found in +it should be a stone trough, and more singular to my mind, that +the Ark of the Covenant and this stone trough should be of equal +capacity; and the laver in which the priest washed his feet in +the <!-- page 24--><a name="page24"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +24</span>temple was exactly of the same size. And +Solomon’s molten sea contained just as much water as would +fill the King’s Chamber in which this trough was +found. Can any man know these things and believe them to be +accidental? Verily not. They do most assuredly pledge +a God and Providence.</p> +<h3>EPHRAIM.</h3> +<p>This word is not only the name of Joseph’s son and the +Tribe, but it is used quite frequently in a generic sense, and +stands for the Ten Tribes and Manasseh. To Reuben by +birthright was the lead politically, but it was taken from him +and given to Joseph, and so to Ephraim. From Judah came the +Chief Ruler—that is, Christ; but the birthright was +Joseph’s (1 Chron. v. 1).</p> +<h3>THRONE OF DAVID.</h3> +<p>To this throne God pledged under oath a perpetuity. Also +He pledged that some one of David’s seed should always be +on it. The throne and seed are pledged an unconditional +existence. This being so, it follows that they must be now +in existence, and that finally all thrones will be swallowed up +by this one. Queen Victoria is of David, and the English +throne is David’s. Hence all the promises and +prophecies referring to David’s throne may be found on this +line. For prophecy not being of private interpretation such +facts may be proven.</p> +<h3>GENTILES.</h3> +<p>The word Gentile generally embraces all those nations and +people outside of the Twelve Tribes. Keeping these few +distinctions in mind, you will be enabled to read the Bible +interestingly and with the proper understanding. Prophetic +evidence is a strong kind of proof. Study the Word on this +line and you will find Providence and history lending glorious +confirmation to the same.</p> +<h2><!-- page 25--><a name="page25"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +25</span>ISRAEL AND THE GATES.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> II.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">ISRAEL—HOW THE GATES OF HIS ENEMIES ARE +TO BE GIVEN HIM—BY THIS SIGN LOST ISRAEL MAY BE +KNOWN—THE GIVING WILL CORRESPOND TO THE +MULTIPLYING—THE PROMISE, IN THIS DAY, IS RAPIDLY +FULFILLING—ENGLAND, DISRAELI AND “TANCRED,” AND +RUSSIA.</p> +<blockquote><p>“That in blessing I will bless thee; and in +multiplying, I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and +as the sand which is upon the sea-shore; and thy seed shall +possess the gate of his enemies.”—Gen. xxii. 17.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Under a Divine oath was this prophetic promise made to +Abraham. At the time it was given Abraham had, by command, +offered his only son Isaac, which offering, to all human +appearance, would leave the old patriarch again childless; but +his faith staggered not, for human incompetence does not +circumscribe the bounds of Divine sufficience. The God who +commanded Abraham to offer, recalled the command at a certain +stage of the fulfilment, counting the faith of Abraham for +righteousness. In Abraham’s faith Isaac was really +sacrificed; hence the Divine approval: “By Myself have I +sworn, saith the Lord; for because thou hast done this thing, and +hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I +will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as +the stars of the heaven, and as the sand which is upon the +sea-shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his +enemies.” An oath with men in this day does not mean +much in the way of confirmation, but not so with God’s +oath. An oath ought to be sacred, and should be the end of +doubt and strife. God made a promise to Abraham, and +because He could swear by no greater, He sware by Himself. +And Abraham lived to see <!-- page 26--><a +name="page26"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 26</span>the promise +begin to fulfil, and to-day the heirs of Abraham may look and see +the same promise fulfilling, for, as Paul says in Heb. vi. 17: +“Wherein God, willing more abundantly to show unto the +heirs of promise the immutability of His counsel, confirmed it by +an oath.”</p> +<p>Who are the heirs of promise? For to them belong many +and precious promises, both spiritual and temporal. +Spiritually, they are to lead and be responsible for the +evangelisation of the world. Temporally, they are to be a +numerous seed, a powerful people. They are to occupy the +ends of the earth, the uttermost parts of the earth, the coasts +of the earth, the waste and the desolate places of the earth, the +isles of the sea, the heathen, as an inheritance. They are +to inherit the Gentiles, and make the desolate cities to be +inhabited; they are to be the chief of nations; they are to be a +company of nations; they are to be a great people; they are to +possess the gates of their enemies. Surely such a people +should be found, for all these things make it impossible for them +to be hid in a corner. One cannot help saying with the +Psalmist: “Blessed is the nation whose God is the Lord; and +the people whom He hath chosen for His own +inheritance.”</p> +<p>In the English Court of Chancery are vast sums of money, large +fortunes waiting for heirs. The court frequently advertises +for them, and many in every land respond and are eager to prove +their claims; they are anxious to be known and accepted as the +descendants and lawful heirs of certain testators. It is +oftentimes difficult to establish their claims and prove +satisfactorily their identity. The court demands that the +evidences of heirship be very definite. In this they are +right. But we venture to say that even the English Court of +Chancery would not turn away a claimant who had all the distinct +marks and abounding evidence of identity that mark and +characterise the children of Abraham, especially so in the latter +day, for then these characteristics are to be clearer and +fuller.</p> +<p><!-- page 27--><a name="page27"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +27</span>The Jews are known; they have been known all down the +centuries; they have not been able to hide themselves. In +keeping with the Word of God they have fulfilled up to the +present time the prophecies attaching to them. In all the +world they are estimated to number some nine millions. The +Jews include the children of Judah and Levi; these Two Tribes +only. The Jews themselves consent to this statement, and +allow that the descendants of Reuben, Simeon, Zebulun, Issachar, +Dan, Gad, Asher, Naphtali, Joseph, and Benjamin, are lost, but +not extinct. They are in the world, for God has not cast +away His people for ever. If the Two Tribes give us nine +millions, how many should we expect the Ten Tribes to +furnish? Most certainly not less than forty-five +millions. To the Ten Tribes the special promises of +fruitfulness were given. To the Ten Tribes belong a greater +portion of prophecy; and in the history of the world more is +allotted to Israel than to Judah. Indeed, the world’s +history pivots on the Ten Lost Tribes.</p> +<p>I believe you know the God-revealed distinction between the +words Israel and Judah. You know that they have a distinct +history. Their place and work, promises and blessings, +chastisements and rebukes, are as distinct and different as +silver and gold.</p> +<p>The spiritual heirs of Abraham are all who are embraced in the +saving and atoning covenant of grace in Christ. I do not +say all who believe, for there will be more in heaven without +faith than those with—namely, all those who have died +before the years of responsibility, with many of the Pagan world +who, never having heard of a Saviour, have therefore never denied +Him. In a spiritual sense, they are children. I +believe in this matter with Paul, who says, when writing to the +Romans, chap. ii.: “There is no respect of persons with +God; for as many as have sinned without law shall also perish +without law, and as many as have sinned in the law shall be +judged by the law. For when the Gentiles, which have not +the law, do by nature <!-- page 28--><a name="page28"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 28</span>the things contained in the law, +these, having not the law, are a law unto themselves; which show +the work of the law written in their hearts, their conscience +also bearing witness, and their thoughts the meanwhile accusing, +or else excusing one another.” Thus, under the law +which governs the Pagan, I presume many will be saved and many +lost, just as under the law of the Gospel. In Abraham all +nations were to be blessed, spiritually. In this sense +Abraham’s seed embraces persons of every age, clime, and +race.</p> +<p>But who are the seed of Abraham according to the flesh? +We answer, the descendants of the Twelve Tribes. Now to the +natural seed the Bible assigns a distinct work and place. +This natural seed is divided in the Bible, the word Israel +standing generally for the Ten Tribes, and Judah for Two +Tribes. These divisions have separate paths appointed them +to walk in through the centuries. “All the House of +Israel wholly,” “the whole House of Israel,” +“all the House of Israel,” have a special work. +The Ten Tribes are especially called in the Scriptures the seed +of Abraham. Sometimes “My chosen,” again +“Mine inheritance,” and “My +servant.” God, in referring to them in their +scattered state, and of His gathering them together, says (Isa. +xli. 8): “But thou, Israel, art My servant, Jacob, whom I +have chosen; the seed of Abraham My friend—thou whom I have +taken from the ends of the earth, and called thee from the chief +men thereof, and said unto thee, Thou art My servant; I have +chosen thee and not cast thee away.” The Ten Tribes +are sometimes designated by the word Jacob. If we once get +a clear idea who the seed are, then we can search among the +people of the earth to find them, because in the latter day they +were to be so different from other people, and distinctly marked, +we will have no great difficulty in finding them. Of the +special marks, one was they were to possess the gates of their +enemies. The multitudinous seed and other characteristics +we will pass by for the present.</p> +<p><!-- page 29--><a name="page29"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +29</span>This seed were to possess the gates of their enemies; of +this we are assured by the oath of God. The word gate here, +you will admit, is used in a generic sense. It means a +place of prominence, a position of strength, a strategetic point, +as the entrance into a city. Remembering that in olden +times the cities were walled around, the gate was an important +point of defence; or, as the narrow entrance into a bay, like the +entrance into New York Bay or port, the Narrows we call +them. Here the cities of New York and Brooklyn could best +and first be defended. Again, a gate in the general +vernacular means any stronghold: a tower, an island, a mountain +pass. Now, of this seed it is plainly stated that they +shall possess the gates of their enemies.</p> +<p>The text would be very finely illustrated if we supposed that +Mexico held Governor’s Island, in the middle of our bay, +and defiantly dictated to us doctrines of trade, politics, and +religion. As arrogant and as impudent as this would seem, +yet such is the case with this seed of Abraham and other +nations. Believing that the Saxon race are the Ten Lost +Tribes, it then follows that the English nation is the chief +representative of these Tribes, and that they should be in +possession of the gates of their enemies. Are they? +We answer, yes. And every year confirms and makes more +clear the answer. This you say is a theory. Grant +it. You know that in science a theory is formed and then +applied. If you form a theory about the tides or formation +of the planets, or this world, your theory with others is applied +to known facts to see if it will fit them, to see if it will +account for them, and to see if it is in harmony with the +same. Now science accepts that theory which applies best, +that which accounts for facts the most reasonably, and harmonises +the most naturally. Such theory is then the science of the +day, and will be so accepted and so taught until it is supplanted +by a better. Try, then, the theory I have advanced by these +rules.</p> +<p><!-- page 30--><a name="page30"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +30</span>Take the Islands of Jersey and Guernsey in the English +Channel, between England and France, nearer to the French shore +than England; the inhabitants, being a majority of them French, +speaking French. Yet when France was England’s +greatest and most dangerous enemy, England held then, as now, the +gates of her enemies. Properly speaking, and adjudged by +any human rule, they belong to France—as naturally as the +island of Heligoland, at the month of the Elbe, belongs to +Germany. Gibraltar, Malta, Cyprus, Suez Canal, Island of +Perim in the Straits of Babelmandeb in the Red Sea, and Socotra, +in the same sea; also Aden in the Red Sea, covering Arabia; +Peshawur, the very entrance of or from India into +Afghanistan. In and around the vast empire of India you +have Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, with many similar strongholds; +Rangoon, on the Irawady river, commanding and even menacing +Burmah. The vast empire of China is carefully guarded and +held in check by such gates as Singapore, Malacca, Penang, Hong +Kong and Cowloon. Sarawak in Borneo, and Labuan off the +coasts, are such gates. Africa is being gradually gobbled +up; her strongholds and vast areas of country are falling into +the hands of England; the coasts are fast coming under British +rule. Recently England has come into possession of three +gates—namely, the island of Socotra, near the Red Sea, the +island of Cyprus in the Mediterranean, and the Sublime Porte, the +lofty gateway, Constantinople. And it is now rumoured that +England is negotiating with Portugal for Delogoa Bay in +South-eastern Africa; price, three million dollars. But +this people are not satisfied with all these gates. They +want—and they will get what they want in a very short time, +thank Heaven; not what they deserve!—they want the famous +Khyber Pass. This pass is a narrow road between mountain +rocks that rise over two thousand feet at the lowest point. +It is some twenty-eight miles long, while for twenty-two miles +the average width is only 150 feet. The Eastern end the +English already hold, called the Peshawur Pass.</p> +<p><!-- page 31--><a name="page31"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +31</span>Afghanistan is a country in Asia. It is about the +size of England, 460 miles from North to South, and 430 from East +to West. On the North it is bounded by Turkestan, East by +India, South by Beloochistan, and West by Persia. The +population numbers about 7,000,000. They are as wild as the +country is broken and irregular. They are chiefly +agriculturists. The country is rich in minerals and +timber. In time past they have seldom been at peace, being +very generally at war among themselves. Afghan is a Persian +word, and means that which is wrapped around—no doubt +having reference to the mountain chain that hems in the whole +land. The people themselves, however, name their country +Vilayet, which means the land of our ancestors. They claim +that in their country lived Adam and his children, also Noah and +his. They say they had in their possession once the ark of +the covenant, but they have lost it. While it was with +them, if they took it into battle, victory was sure to be +theirs. At the present time they have Noah’s +ark. It is embedded in the ground, with a portion +protruding out, which pilgrims to the top of Dera Ismael +Khan—that is, the sacred mountain of Israel—are +permitted to see and touch. Many have supposed the Afghans +to be the Ten Lost Tribes. It has been the folly of many of +the learned, in time past, to hunt for, and actually expect to +find, the chosen of God in some out-of-the-way place; to find +them few, poor, and deluded—the poorer, the fewer, and the +more wretched, the better. Hence, the wild Indians of the +continent, the bushmen of Africa, the aborigines of Australia, +the Laplanders of the North, and many such have been chosen of +men—though not of God.</p> +<p>The Afghan country, no doubt, once had intercourse with +Palestine. During Solomon’s reign many Jews left the +land as merchants. Solomon built store cities in Hamath, +Tadmor in the wilderness, and many others. These store +cities were on the great highway which he made through the +desert, so as to <!-- page 32--><a name="page32"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 32</span>bring the trade of Dedan and Sheba to +Jerusalem. That Hebrew names are given to the mountains, +places, rivers, and persons, no one can deny; but such does not +prove them to be the Lost Tribes—it shows away back Jewish +influence and intercourse. They do not speak the Hebrew, +but two languages called the Pukhtu and Pushtu. In either +language there are few, if any, traces of the Hebrew. No +doubt the Lost Tribes, after being scattered into Central Asia, +when taken captive about 725 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span>, +wandered, some of them into Afghan, and probably for a time +settled there, and gave names to the country. The Afghans +themselves went into the country from India, and as the Tribes +moved Westward they left the Afghans in possession.</p> +<p>The Afghan country comes now into great importance because it +is on the highway of the march of Israelitish civilisation and +progress. England wants it; and I predict she shall get +it. Russia wants it, and at present seems to have the upper +hand; but Russia or England, or the world, can avail nothing +against the purposes of Jehovah. The gates are promised to +Israel, therefore she will get them. The English have +already an army of 35,000 men in the Peshawur Valley. +Russia is gathering a force, and ere long the two countries will +be brought face to face. The end of the whole muddle will +be that England will take charge of Afghan. Thirty-three +years ago Disraeli wrote his novel called +“Tancred.” In this novel he makes the Queen of +England the Empress of India, and one of her favourite officers +is made Earl Beaconsfield; so far fancy has become fact. +But in that same novel the future of the present strife has been +set forth. It has been very finely put by the London +<i>Spectator</i>:—</p> +<p>“There is a story going about, founded, we believe, on +good authority, that when some one quoted ‘Tancred,’ +two or three months ago, in Lord Beaconsfield’s presence, +the Prime Minister remarked: ‘Ah! I perceive you have +been reading “Tancred.” <!-- page 33--><a +name="page33"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 33</span>That is a +work to which I refer more and more every year—not for +amusement, but for instruction.’ And if anyone will +take the trouble just now to refresh his memory of +‘Tancred,’ he will see how much Lord Beaconsfield has +borrowed from it in relation to his policy. Turn, for +instance, to this passage: ‘If I were an Arab in race as +well as in religion,’ said Tancred, ‘I would not pass +my life in schemes to govern mere mountain tribes.’ +‘I’ll tell you,’ said the Emir, springing from +his divan, and flinging the tube of his nargileh to the other end +of the tent, ‘the game is in our own hands if we have +energy. There is a combination which would entirely change +the whole face of the world and bring back empire to the +East. Though you are not the brother to the Queen of the +English, you are, nevertheless, a great English prince, and the +Queen will listen to what you say, especially if you talk to her +as you talk to me, and say such fine things in such a beautiful +voice. Nobody ever opened my mind like you. You will +magnetise the Queen as you have magnetised me. Go back to +England and arrange this. You see, gloss over it as they +may, one thing is clear, it is finished with England . . . Let +the Queen of the English collect a great fleet, let her stow away +all her treasure, bullion, plate, and precious arms; be +accompanied by all her court and chief people, and transfer the +seat of her empire from London to Delhi. There she will +find an immense empire ready-made, a first-rate army, and a large +revenue. In the meantime I will arrange with Mehemet +Ali. He shall have Bagdad and Mesopotamia, and pour the +Bedouin cavalry into Persia. I will take care of Syria and +Asia Minor. The only way to manage the Afghans is by Persia +and by the Arabs. We will acknowledge the Empress of India +as our suzerain, and secure for her the Levantine coast. If +she like, she shall have Alexandria, as she now has Malta. +It could be arranged. Your Queen is young. She has an +<i>avenir</i>. Aberdeen and Sir Robert Peel will never give +her this advice; their habits are formed. They <!-- page +34--><a name="page34"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 34</span>are +too old, two <i>ruses</i>. But you see! the greatest empire +that ever existed; besides which she gets rid of the +embarrassment of her chambers! and quite practicable! For +the only difficult part, the conquest of India, which baffled +Alexander, is all done.’ Who can avoid seeing that +Lord Beaconsfield has been quite recently referring to this +passage—‘not,’ as he said, ‘for +amusement, but for instruction?’ These are all the +ideas of his recent policy in germ—especially the treatment +of the British Empire as having its centre of gravity in the far +East—the use of the Indian Army for conquest to be made in +Western Asia—the acquisition of the Levantine coast for +Great Britain—the active alliance between the British power +and the Mohammedan power—and last, not least, the getting +rid, to a great extent at least, by the help of Indian leverage, +of ‘the embarrassment of the chambers.’ For the +last eight months, at least, English policy has evidently been +borrowed from ‘Tancred.’ The monarch, for +anything we know, has been ‘magnetised.’ The +Cabinet assuredly have. Lord Derby and Lord Carnarvon have +been treated much as the Emir in ‘Tancred’ would have +treated ‘Aberdeen and Sir Robert Peel’—thrown +aside as two ‘ruses.’”</p> +<p>England has indeed adopted an Oriental policy, and forward she +must go to execute Jehovah’s purpose. Russia is +preparing on a gigantic scale. In Prussia the most +flourishing branch of trade among the Germans at present is the +manufacturing of arms for Russia. Though the late war be +over, still Russia is buying ships, and fitting them out in this +country. She feels bitterly her defeat through English +diplomacy: England taking Cyprus, assuming protection over +Asiatic Turkey, and making Russia yield back to Turkey 30,700 +geographical miles which was contained in the original Treaty of +San Stefano. The following from the Government organ of +Russia will give you some idea of her chagrin.</p> +<p>The St. Petersburg <i>Golos</i> says that the Treaty of Berlin +has <!-- page 35--><a name="page35"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +35</span>produced an almost crushing impression on the Russian +public. “It is felt that Russia has not attained her +object; that she has been deceived by her friends, and that she +has foolishly helped her enemies with her victories . . . +What is the reason of our failure? One-half per cent. of +our population have perished in the war, hundreds of millions +have been expended, and yet the Eastern Question is not solved +and the Treaty of Berlin is merely a truce. The last war +has clearly shown all our national peculiarities as well as our +moral and material strength . . . All the military requirements +which depended on the inbred qualities of the Russian soldier +were brilliantly carried out; but where knowledge and preparation +were demanded we were not equal to the task. It was +probably for this reason that we felt so much hurt on reading of +the boldness of Lord Beaconsfield, who doubtless reckoned on the +superior culture of Englishmen to that of Russians. All +classes of Russian society are responsible for this. We do +not estimate culture and knowledge at their true value. +Most of us say that mental work does not bring money, and that +culture is a means of corruption . . . In Western Europe, on the +other hand, people have arrived by hard experience at the +conviction that intelligence, capacity, culture, and energy, +bring men to the front, and give them peace at home and power +abroad. It is the knowledge of how to make the best +possible use of their energy and abilities that has enabled the +English to derive success from our victories and +sacrifices. May this be a lesson to us.”</p> +<p>But enough; one knows the end ere they begin, for the Word of +God is true. We do not argue that the English are so much +smarter than other people; no, but we account for their success +because they are the executive nation of Divine Providence. +It falls to the lot of those who do not believe this theory to +account for their success without allowing them to be +smarter.</p> +<h2><!-- page 36--><a name="page36"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +36</span>ISRAEL AND TERRITORY.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> III.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">PROMISES TO ISRAEL—MATERIAL +NATURE—LOCATION OF THE TRIBES IN CHRIST’S +DAY—GOD’S PROVIDENCE—BRITISH AND AMERICAN +RULE—LIFE FROM THE DEAD—TEACHING THE NATIONS PEACEFUL +ARBITRATION—ENGLAND AND RUSSIA—AFGHANISTAN FALLS TO +ANGLO-ISRAEL—GOD’S POLITICAL +GEOGRAPHY—ANGLO-SAXON EVANGELISATION—RUSSIA OPPOSING +IT—BRITISH AND RUSSIAN OUTPOSTS IN CONTACT—WAIL OF +JUDAH—EARTH’S GIRDLE.</p> +<blockquote><p>“Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them +stretch forth the curtains of thine habitations; spare not, +lengthen thy cords, and strengthen thy stakes; for thou shalt +break forth on the right hand and on the left; and thy seed shall +inherit the Gentiles, and make the desolate cities to be +inhabited.”—Isa. liv. 2, 3.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>In the writings of the prophets the feminine gender is often +used when speaking of the House of Israel, and the masculine when +denoting the House of Judah. Quite frequently Israel is +spoken of as a divorced woman, as being cast off, and as being +barren. Judah remaining faithful to the throne of David and +the temple service, and abiding in the land much longer than +Israel, is presented as one married. So you will understand +Jeremiah iii. 8, when he says: “And I saw, when for all the +causes whereby backsliding Israel committed adultery I had put +her away, and given her a bill of divorce.” Again, +Isaiah l. 1: “Thus saith the Lord, Where is the bill of +your mother’s divorcement whom I have put +away?” Yet, though Israel was divorced, forsaken, +cast off, and desolate, she was to have more children than +married Judah. So the verse preceding the text says: +“Sing, O barren, thou that didst not bear; break forth into +singing, and cry aloud thou that didst not travail with child; +for more are the children of the desolate than the <!-- page +37--><a name="page37"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +37</span>children of the married wife, saith the +Lord.” Then come the words of the text bidding her +enlarge the place of her tent, or dwelling-place, to stretch +forth her curtains, so as to cover over the new-gotten +habitations. To spare not—that is, to be not tardy, +or slow—in lengthening out her cords—that is, her +influence—and strengthen her stakes—that is, her +authority; but to break forth on every hand where there is an +opening, and inherit the seed of the Gentiles, and make the +languishing and poverty-stricken cities of the nations to be +inhabited; in this conquest to go on and fear not.</p> +<p>These exhortations are given, and promises are made to Israel +after she had left Palestine. No one can say truthfully +that they have yet been fulfilled in no degree or sense, unless +they find such fulfilment in the conquests of the Saxon +race. These predictions cannot apply to the Jews, for they +are few, nationless, and without a government. Touching the +past history of both Judah and Israel in Palestine, we shall find +it to be barren of victories, territory, acquisition, and number, +in comparison to other nations. They have never occupied +the land given to Abraham in fulness. In Solomon’s +time they bare rule only over a part of it. The Gentiles +and heathens have occupied it more and longer than the sons of +Abraham. But what failed to be accomplished in the past, is +held grandly in reserve for this day, the next few years. +God will remember His promise to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and +David. He will remember it to fulfil it, in spite of hell +or earth.</p> +<p>We have been blind and guilty in the past, unconscious of our +origin, and as a natural consequence, ignorant of our place and +special work. In interpreting the Word of God we have been +lavish in spiritualising, and greedy in materialising, +overlooking the fact that nine-tenths of the Old Testament is a +material history about one people, and that through them +God’s special providence was to flow to all other nations; +and the New Testament plants the life and prosperity of the +Gentile <!-- page 38--><a name="page38"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 38</span>world upon the course and progress of +Israel. God said to Abraham, “In thee shall all the +families of the earth be blessed:” and more, “and in +thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be +blessed.” Israel, being scattered and cast off, +became a blessing to the world. They gave to the +surrounding nations the only true idea of God, for in their +lowest condition and idolatry they preserved the name and +knowledge of Jehovah, and Christ sent His disciples after them +through one of their own Tribe—namely, +Benjamin—telling them not to go into the way of the +Gentiles, nor into the cities of the Samaritans, “but go +rather to the lost sheep of the House of Israel.” To +these sheep Christ declares He was sent. Where were these +sheep? They were scattered about in Central Asia—in +Scriptural language in Cappadocia, Galatia, Pamphylia, Lydia, +Bithynia, and round about Illyricum. From these very +regions came the Saxons: from here they spread abroad North and +West, being the most Christian of any people on the face of the +earth then, as well as now. Their reception of the Gospel +gave them power over the surrounding nations, to whom they were, +as it had been foretold, witnesses for Jesus and providence in a +very special manner. What then, we say with Paul, will be +the blessing of Israel—recognized and fully restored to +God’s favour? If so much good was carried and +bestowed upon the Gentile nations because Israel was scattered, +how much, and what are the blessings in store for those nations +when Israel and Judah be restored? Paul compares it to a +resurrection—like as when the barrenness and desolation of +a Winter is supplanted by the fruits and beauties of +Summer. “If the casting away of them be the +reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be, +but life from the dead?” (Rom. xi. 15).</p> +<p>It is reasonable to suppose that this world is subject to the +providence of God. Such a supposition is grandly sustained +by the laws and operations of nature without, and the experience +and intuitions of the mind within; and I believe this providence +<!-- page 39--><a name="page39"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +39</span>to be all-comprehensive, bounding, and cognising all +things, past, present, and future, both small and great; claiming +the ages for its measure, the universe for the field of its +operations, and the Infinite as the source of power. +“The Lord Jehovah reigns, let the earth +rejoice.” Let me persuade you to thoroughly believe +in the precision, the intimacy, and the completeness of this +providence. This doctrine we need to fully learn and +accept. “In the beginning God created the heavens and +the earth,” and it is He “who hath measured the +waters in the hollow of His hand, and meted out heaven with a +span, and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure, and +weighed the mountains in scales, and the hills in a +balance.” Aye, and more, yet closer still does this +providence approach us in our affairs. “By Him kings +reign and princes decree judgment. He bringeth the princes +to nothing; He maketh the judges of the earth as +vanity.” Even closer yet, for without His permission +a sparrow cannot fall to the ground; and so intimate is He with +us, that He knoweth the number of the hairs of the head. +Now all this kind of Bible instruction is intended to teach the +nearness of God to us, and His interest and intimacy with nations +and nature. Let us not think for a moment that nations can +rush to war and be outside this circle of providence. Let +us study to know God’s mind, His plans and purposes with +the nations; for rest satisfied that His plan will finally be +accepted by men and nations, and His purposes will prevail. +Kings may plan, diplomatists may diplomatise, scientists may +analyse, theologians may teach and preach their isms, and +politicians may make platforms and construct rings, yet none, nor +all combined, can stay the hand of God. “He doeth +according to His will in the armies of heaven and among the +inhabitants of the earth.” He can initiate, permit, +modify, and destroy. Once we truly recognise the +sovereignty of God over us, conceit will lie dead at the feet of +humility.</p> +<p>The Church at large has but a slender hold upon this great +<!-- page 40--><a name="page40"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +40</span>doctrine. They look upon the great movement of +wars and strife, rising and falling of nations, as looks the +country stranger upon a railway engine the first time, the +whirling wheels, the steam and smoke and burnished boiler rivet +his attention so completely, that he sees not the driver in his +car. So men are dazed with the show of pomp of courts and +councils, with the harangues of legislators and march of +regiments, that they discern not the master hand behind that +directs all. “Verily, Thou art a God that hidest +Thyself.” No, no, friends; English bravery, nor +American ingenuity will not account for all that England has done +on the line of victories, and the marvellous and rapid growth of +these United States. As God said long ago through Moses, so +He could say to-day—for heavenly counsel was given to the +children of Israel on entering the Promised Land, with a design +of suppressing their pride and enabling them to form a correct +idea of their success in driving the strong and greater nations +of Canaanites and Philistines—“Speak not thou in +thine heart, after that the Lord thy God hath cast them out from +before thee saying: For my righteousness the Lord hath brought me +in to possess this land; but for the wickedness of these nations +the Lord doth drive them out from before thee. Not for thy +righteousness, or the uprightness of thine heart, dost thou go to +possess the land, but for the wickedness of those nations the +Lord thy God doth drive them out from before thee, that He may +perform the word which the Lord sware unto thy fathers, Abraham, +Isaac, and Jacob. Understand, therefore, that the Lord thy +God giveth thee not this good land to possess it for thy +righteousness, for thou art a stiff-necked people” (Deut. +ix. 4).</p> +<p>By the same rule and for the very same reason that Israel +conquered Palestine, does England go on from conquest to +conquest. And because God remembered to perform His +promises made to the patriarchs upon their seed, America was <!-- +page 41--><a name="page41"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +41</span>opened for the Puritans, who are without doubt the +descendants and representatives of Manasseh, of whom God said +“he should be a people, a great people.”</p> +<p>The rule of England and America over other people, is to be as +life from the dead—that is, whatsoever country England +conquers and rules, it is better for the people, and the country, +and the world. They give to the people a liberty that they +would not have given to themselves; they develop the resources of +the country as never before, and by trade and commerce bless the +people and cause them to be a blessing unto others. And +better still, they make known to the conquered ones, in due time, +the riches of faith in Christ. So we have no hesitation in +saying, a thing patent to every unprejudiced observer, that the +aborigines of the conquered colonies of Great Britain are treated +better by their conquerors than they ever treated +themselves. The Africans, in the conquered colonies of +Africa, are better off under British rule than those colonies or +portions unconquered are. The hosts of India enjoy more, +fare better in every grace and virtue in all that goes to adorn +and develop mankind, under the British government and protection +than they ever did or would under self-government. So the +French, Germans, Italians, Russians, Spaniards, and the numerous +progeny of emigrants to this country, fare better in every way +with Manasseh, than they did in their own lands. Of course, +both in England’s rule and America’s, there are many +defects; but taking all in all, the good will out-weigh the bad; +and more so as the years roll on.</p> +<p>True, an arbitrary purpose and an individualism is seen on the +surface, yet under it all there is the hand of God. The +farmer is free as to what he sows, but the Divine, without +interfering with his freedom, regulates the harvest to plenty or +famine. The Saxon people, England and America, stand in a +new light to the world by the teachings of the Bible. Being +Israel or the Ten Lost Tribes, they become at once the chosen +<!-- page 42--><a name="page42"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +42</span>agents of God for the glorious purpose of evangelising +the whole world, and finally, by reducing the whole earth to the +plane of universal liberty and peace.</p> +<p>It was necessary that these two nations should first be taught +the art of mediation, for the ends of peace; that they should +learn and show to the world that national disputes and grievances +can be settled without an appeal to the sword. Hence we +have, and what is much better, the world has, Geneva and Alabama +and the fish bounty treaty of Canada and the United States. +Not all the press did on either side, nor all the carping and +blustering of individuals, could prevent the happy consummation +of both these treaties. To God be praise, for they are +prophetic harbingers of a better day coming.</p> +<p>No hand nor power, nor combination of powers, can stop the +onward march of Israel to her God-ordained goal. Her future +is to spread on the right hand and on the left. Island +after island, colony after colony, will fall into her hands for +mutual benefit. Russia may contest this march, and will, +for she is as much the appointed agent of contest from Heaven as +England is to advance. In a few years she will try to take +the place of England among the nations, as she has just done in +Afghan. Russia promised, no doubt, that she would and could +protect the Ameer against England, but the bargain was outside of +the aims of Providence, hence it could not be sustained. It +is ordained of Heaven that Afghan fall into the hands of England, +if England be Israel.</p> +<p>Against this fate-like division of the world Russia is going +to contend and fight whenever she gets a chance. It would +pay Russia and many other countries to read that “When the +Most High divided to the nations their inheritance, when He +separated the sons of Adam, He set the bounds of the people +according to the children of Israel” (Deut. xxxii. +8). These bounds God will maintain wherever they run; +whatever country they cut in two, no matter, the earth must +finally conform to <!-- page 43--><a name="page43"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 43</span>this Divine geography. This +purpose is strongly set forth by Isaiah xliv. 7: “And who, +as I, shall call and shall declare it, and set it in order for +Me, since I appointed the ancient people? and the things that are +coming and shall come.” This same sturdy fact is +taught by Paul when speaking to the Athenians, telling them that +God “hath made of one blood all nations of men to dwell on +the face of the earth, <i>and hath determined the times before +appointed</i>, <i>and the bounds of their +habitations</i>.” National destinies are not so much +things of chance, or prizes for the sword, as many think. +God promised to David, when both Israel and Judah were +prosperously settled in Palestine under David’s reign, that +He would appoint a place for His people Israel, and plant them +there, and they should not be moved, neither should the wicked +afflict them, as aforetime (2 Sam. vii. 10.) This promise +God has kept. He has given them the British Isles, where +none can afflict them, as they were wont to do when Israel was +scattered in Asia and Europe. God has found Manasseh a home +in this land of blessings and rich acres.</p> +<p>England, by a necessity, was forced to find new countries to +provide for her multiplying population. Then she is forced +to enter other nations as a missionary. She, with Manasseh, +is chiefly responsible for the evangelisation of the world, and +of course they are at work all over the world, for England and +the United States send out more missionaries than all the world +beside. Russia needs no land for colonisation, for now her +inhabitants number only thirty-four to the square mile, while +England numbers 889. If we take in all the territory under +Russia and England, even then England has more to the square mile +than Russia. Russia comprises about 8,000,000 square miles, +and England, with her late additions, leaving out the United +States, numbers about 9,000,000. Joining Ephraim and +Manasseh together, they own one-fourth of the whole +world—namely, about 13,000,000 square miles; <!-- page +44--><a name="page44"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 44</span>the +whole earth numbers 51,340,800 square miles. Besides, +Russia is not a missionary country. She neither sends any, +nor accepts any, being at present the only nation closed to +missionary operation and toleration. The past few years +Russia has gained rapidly in territorial power. With the +conquest of Bokhara and portions of Turkestan, or Independent +Tartary, she has added some 800,000 square miles.</p> +<p>At the beginning of the last century the Russian advance forts +were 2,500 miles distant from those of England. At the +close of the century the distance was 2,000. Then in 1810 +it was reduced to 1,000. And since 1855 it has been reduced +to 400. And now, of course, they want it reduced to nothing +by getting control of Afghan.</p> +<p>How wonderfully clear are the fulfilling events of the +prophecy. This king of the North is to become a strong +king, who, when Israel and Judah are settled in Palestine, will +have spirit and power to attack them. So he is ripening, +growing, and gathering power ready. Russia now comprises +nine crowns, eight of which are crowns of conquest. +Russia’s one grand desire is to possess Palestine, +especially Jerusalem. The Crimean war was waged for rights +and extended privileges in this holy city. To-day Russian +pilgrims swarm thither by the thousands every year. A few +years ago she built outside the Jaffa gate what she called an +hospice, which was designed to be nothing more nor less than a +fort. It is in a position commanding the whole city, and is +a place of great strength. Often she has tried to possess +the city and land. By-and-bye she will be permitted by +Providence to pour her troops into this “land of unwalled +villages,” and when having nearly achieved the ambitious +plan of ages, and nearly realised her one great national idea, +she will perish, to rise no more, “on the mountains of +Israel.” Her history is set forth by Ezekiel xxxviii. +and xxxix. chapters.</p> +<p>Palestine and Jerusalem have borne undeniable evidence for +prophecy and Providence. The whole land and the Book have +<!-- page 45--><a name="page45"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +45</span>been wonderfully agreed during the past eighteen +centuries. How significant and telling the wailings and +lamentations of the devout Jews, who crowd under the walls of the +mosque of Omar, the site of the ancient temple. Here, each +returning Sabbath, groups of Jews may be heard dolefully crying: +“<i>Ali bene</i>, <i>Ali bene</i>; <i>bene bethka</i>; +<i>bekarob</i>, <i>bimheira</i>, <i>bimheira</i>; +<i>beyamenue</i>, <i>bekarob</i>,” which, being +interpreted, means, “Lord build, Lord build; build Thy +house speedily, in haste, in haste; even in our day build Thy +house speedily.” Yes, mourning brethren of Judah, the +time is coming when the house shall be built and the voice of +wailing no more heard in the streets.</p> +<p>Can any student or inquirer after the truth fail to see that +in our day a prophecy is being fulfilled? Can any one shut +their eyes to the wonderful fact that Israel is breaking forth on +the left and on the right? God has long ago said that +Israel were the people of His inheritance, and that Jacob was the +lot of His inheritance, or His girdle, or cord, as the word lot +means. Then, if you turn your attention to Great Britain +and her colonies, including Manasseh, you will see this girdle or +measuring line around the earth. Let me aid you by pointing +the same out for you. Look at the Eastern hemisphere +circle, enclosing the Gentile nations. Begin with Great +Britain; pass on to the Channel Islands, Gibraltar, Malta, +Cyprus, West Coast African Colonies, St. Helena, Cape Colonies, +Mauritius, Seychelles, Perim, Aden, Ceylon, India, Burmah, +Straits Settlements, Labuan, Australian Colonies, Hong Kong, and +the Dominion of Canada. In the Western hemisphere commence +the circle with Canada and United States, Fiji Islands, New +Zealand, Falkland Islands, British Guiana, British Honduras, West +India Islands, and Newfoundland. Do we not plainly see that +Israel is possessing “the isles of the sea,” +“coasts of the earth,” “waste and desolate +places?” These things are not hid in a corner; they +proclaim the intentions of God, an over-ruling Providence; and +who and where the Lost Tribes are. A miracle and prophecy +are fulfilling before our eyes.</p> +<h2><!-- page 46--><a name="page46"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +46</span>ISRAEL AND POPULATION.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> IV.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">PROPHETIC LATTER DAYS—OUR BEARINGS IN +THE AGES—UNWISE IMPATIENCE—ISRAEL TO BE ALWAYS A +NATION—HER EMPIRE—HISTORIC CAREER OF AND FUTURE OF +ENGLAND, AMERICA, AND JUDAH—RELATIVE INCREASE OF +POPULATION—THE INFIDEL SAXON—JEWISH, BRITISH, AND +AMERICAN INTERESTS ONE—A FULL END OF ALL NATIONS BUT +ISRAEL—FAMINE HENCEFORTH ONLY FOR THE +HEATHEN—ARBITRATION TO BE ENFORCED BY ISRAEL—AMERICAN +ABSORBTION—STARTLING FIGURES OF FUTURE POPULATION—THE +BALANCE OF POWER.</p> +<blockquote><p>“Yet the number of the children of Israel +shall be as the sand of the sea, which cannot be measured or +numbered; and it shall come to pass that in the place where it +was said unto them, Ye are not My people, there it shall be said +unto them, Ye are the sons of the living God.”—Hosea +i. 10.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>A period of time is frequently referred to in the Scriptures +as being the “latter days.” It is, therefore, +very important for the prophetic student, and the Church of +Christ at large, that the time of days spoken of should be +known. For connected with these days are a number of +prophecies waiting fulfilment, and they are of such a nature that +their fulfilment may easily be discerned. In breadth and +scope they cover much territory and include many people. +They cannot be hid in a corner, for the parts are so numerous and +the interests so great. The fulfilment of these prophecies +will make a radical and fundamental change in Church and +State.</p> +<p>I take it for granted we are now entering into the time of the +latter days—a time that precedes by a natural consequence +the millennium. It is, therefore, unwise on the part of any +person to claim that Christ may come any day, and that His +millennial reign may be begun at any moment. It is but fair +that we should carefully consider our bearings in the circle of +<!-- page 47--><a name="page47"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +47</span>Providence and our position in the ages. The story +and work of redemption are grand, full of interest and thrilling +incidents; still we must take things in their order. Some +stories we read are very fascinating. The plot culminates, +the characters and incidents converge toward and centre in the +hero. At such a point we are often carried away with our +sympathy for the hero; we become anxious for him, and desires to +know the issues, and so are tempted to skip a few pages and get +at the end unwisely and unlawfully. Thus I think many are +carried away by a loving desire for the millennium; they become +anxious for the return of the Hero of redemption; they skip a few +pages of Providence, and come to the end too soon.</p> +<p>These days are preparative, and in such a preparative stage we +are warranted to look for the fulfilment of certain prophecies; +for prophecies, indeed, of such a nature and character that no +Bible student need be mistaken as to the time, place, and +conditions of fulfilment. We have called your attention to +one of these prophecies, and pointed out to you how the same was +literally fulfilling before the eyes of all. God, in olden +times, made promises to Abraham, the patriarchs, and their +seed. These promises were nothing more nor less than +prophecies. He attested the same by His own oath. He +called to witness the sun, moon, stars, sea, night, day, the +seasons, seedtime and harvest. These He called His +ordinances. These ordinances may depart from before Him, +but the seed of Israel should not cease to be a nation. +They were not only to be a nation, but a company of +nations. To this end, in the latter days, they were to come +in possession of the isles of the sea, the coasts of the earth, +waste and desolate places; to inherit the seed of the Gentiles, +and cause their desolate cities to be filled. They were to +possess and rule over the heathen. In the latter days they +were to possess Edom and Esau—that is, Turkey—and so +come in possession of their own land, Palestine. Now I call +you to <!-- page 48--><a name="page48"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 48</span>witness, and ask you if these things +are so? Before your eyes, before mine, before the eyes of +all the world, God is fulfilling His promises made to the +fathers.</p> +<p>The very exceptions to the sweeping and comprehensive +possessions of the seed of Jacob are pyramidal witnesses to the +same. The House of Judah was to become homeless, without a +nation and without a government, after they left Palestine; but +to be a people known by the race feature, and by their unwavering +adherence, attachment, and fidelity to the Mosaic worship. +This exception all can see, and none can truthfully deny. +They have had money and men enough to buy and rule a nation, but +as yet they have none. Their talent, their ability, and +their money, have been the chief factor in the rule, prosperity, +and greatness of many nations in the past as well as now. +And the second conception is not less grand and conclusive. +Let any one inquire what was to be the portion of the Tribe of +Manasseh, and they will find that Manasseh was to be a distinct +people, a great people; for so said the dying patriarch +Jacob. Now such a people, a great people, we hold Manasseh +to be at this day in the people of the United States. Some +sixty colonies England has overrun, established, or conquered, +and she is busy at work yet conquering and gathering in. +But is it not remarkable that she has never lost one of the many +save the United States? Will any one give an earthly reason +for this marvellous exception? I presume no one can. +There is, however, a Divine reason. Moses, when giving his +prophetic benediction to the Tribes of Israel, gives us an +insight into this question. Speaking of Joseph and the +wonderful blessing in store for his sons Ephraim and Manasseh, he +says: “His glory is like the firstling of his bullock, and +his horns are like the horns of unicorns; and with them he shall +push the people together to the ends of the earth; <i>and they +are the ten thousands of Ephraim</i>, <i>and they are the +thousands of Manasseh</i>” (Deut, xxxiii. 17). And +further light is thrown on this <!-- page 49--><a +name="page49"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 49</span>subject when +we notice what Isaiah says in the forty-ninth chapter. The +children of Israel, when settled in some Isles, would lose a +portion of themselves, and still the “children which thou +shalt have <i>after thou hast lost the other</i>, shall say again +in thine ears, The place is too strait for me, give place to me +that I may dwell.” The simple and natural +interpretation of such a passage is, that the Isles referred to +were the British Isles. The children lost refer to +Manasseh, the Pilgrims, and Puritans who came from England. +And the cry for more room after they have left, shall lead +England to look for lands in which to colonise her surplus +population, all of which she has done and is doing.</p> +<p>Surely in these things there is something more than +chance. Yes, there is a divine purpose fulfilled. +Seeing, then, that God will put the land into Israel’s +hand, there will run another blessing parallel with +this—namely, a peculiar increase of the seed, or children +of Israel, so that they may occupy and control these lands. +These two prophecies are to be fulfilling on a parallel line at +the same time. Are they so fulfilling? We answer, +Yes; and the answer all the world may verify, for the facts are +of such a nature that if they are not so fulfilling it can be +very easily disproved.</p> +<p>The prophet tells us in the text that the children of Israel +are to be numerous—to be numerous in an extraordinary +degree—so much so that it shall appear partly miraculous +when such increase is compared to other people or judged by the +common methods of reasoning. Hosea had three children; the +first a son. He called him Jezreel. This son was set +for a witness that God would cause to cease the House of Israel +in Palestine—that Israel should cease to be a nation for a +time. This idea Isaiah points out under the type of an +abandoned wife. God styles Himself the Husband of Israel, +and that He had given the wife a bill of divorcement. Thus +the two prophets agree, and history ratifies both.</p> +<p><!-- page 50--><a name="page50"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +50</span>Hosea’s second child he calls Lo-Ruhamah. +She was set for a witness that God would take away His mercy from +the House of Israel for a time, and that God would utterly take +them away out of the land. So He did; for a few years after +this we find the children of Israel were carried captive into +Assyria by Shalmaneser, and the Assyrians were brought and put in +their place. And from these Assyrians, who were planted in +the cities and country left by the children of Israel, we get the +Samaritans, who were, as you see, not Jews nor Israelites by +generation—they were manufactured Jews only. +“And the Lord removed Israel out of His sight, as He had +said by all His servants the prophets. So was Israel +carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this +day” (2 Kings xvii. 23). During this captivity, which +is even in force till now, barren Israel, the divorced one, was +to have more children than the married one—namely, +Judah.</p> +<p>We find that the third child born to Hosea is called Lo-ammi, +meaning, “Ye are not My people.” This child +pro-figured the casting out of the Jews; that they would refuse +to accept God in Christ, and He therefore would reject +them. Thus the Jews became wanderers from their own +land. And the land rests in desolation, enjoying her +Sabbath of rest, while her sons and daughters are being chastised +and trained for their return.</p> +<p>The time will come when God will call Israel to Him, and have +mercy upon her, when the divorced one shall be restored to her +husband. “And it shall be at that day, saith the +Lord, that thou shalt call Me Ishi, and shalt call me no more +Baali” (Hos. ii. 16). Now Ishi means husband, and +Baali stands for Lord. Saxons have been looked upon as +being infidels by the rest of the world. The Mohammedans +and Buddhists never reckoned the Saxons as being the sons of God; +and Catholic Europe and Greek Russia have looked upon England as +infidel and heretical. And the Saxons themselves never went +so far in their knowledge as to know who they were, their origin +and <!-- page 51--><a name="page51"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +51</span>work. But the prophet says: “It shall come +to pass that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not +My people, there it shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of +the living God.” And the time will come when +Lo-Ruhamah shall become Ru-hamah, which means to have obtained +mercy. And Lo-Ammi shall become Ammi, which means that this +is My people. And Jezreel, which was a sign of dispersion, +shall be the sign of gathering. “Then shall the +children of Judah and the children of Israel be gathered +together, and appoint themselves one head, and they shall come up +out of the land; <i>for great shall be the day of +Jezreel</i>.” Then the Jews (Ammi) will call the +Saxons their sister, long lost, but found at last. The +Saxons (Ru-hamah) will call the Jews their brother, those whom in +the past they have hated and persecuted; and thought themselves +far removed from Jewish blood. Now they both will +acknowledge a common generation, and Abraham their father. +And one with his eyes half open can see this part of the prophecy +fulfilling. The Jews, England, and United States, from this +and henceforth, are one in interest, policy, and destiny.</p> +<p>These being the latter days, let us look for the signs of the +multiplying of the seed so that they be as the sea sands God +promised to Abraham, saying: “That in blessing I will bless +thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of +heaven and as the sand which is upon the sea-shore; and thy seed +shall possess the gate of his enemies” (Gen. xxii. +17). Old Jacob foretold that Joseph would be a fruitful +bough, whose branches would run over the wall—that is, +colonise. This increase is to be seen in two ways. +Let me direct your attention to one of these ways, in a special +manner, because it is so singular and unique, so distinct and +discernable. In Jeremiah xxx. 10, 11, we find a remarkable +statement: “Fear not, O Israel, for I am with thee, saith +the Lord, to save thee. Though I make a full end of all +nations whither I have scattered thee, yet will I not make a full +end of thee; but I will correct <!-- page 52--><a +name="page52"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 52</span>thee in +measure, and will not leave thee altogether +unpunished.” That Israel has been punished and +corrected no one will deny who is acquainted with her history and +sojourn from the time she was carried captive to this day. +But has the other part of the saying been fulfilled? We +answer, Yes—as the law of colonisation has +progressed. The Ancient Britons are no more; Saxon Israel +has entirely supplanted them, just as Manasseh in the United +States is supplanting the aborigines or Indians. They +perish and disappear like snow before the rising sun. Not +all we can do on the line of legislation, philanthropy, and +religion, is sufficient to stay the ravages of this long-ago +declared decree of Heaven. Go to Canada, and you find they +are perishing; in Newfoundland they are entirely gone, and in +every other province they are fast disappearing, save such as are +saved by incorporation, by marriage, and salt stayed by the power +of Christianity; but both these remedies are only +temporal—they perish in spite of all in the heated +atmosphere of Israel’s civilisation. Some few tribes +may hold their own and seem to increase, but such does not +invalidate the evidence of the decree. For they have +perished in such numbers, and so uniformly, when in contact with +Israel, that history proclaims the decree fulfilled.</p> +<p>The native inhabitants of Van Dieman, called Tasmanians, have +entirely become extinct. The Maories of New Zealand are +rapidly diminishing. Fifty years ago they were 200,000 +strong; now only about 50,000. In a few more years they +will be gone. The same is true in all the other Australian +provinces. The same is true of many isles of the sea, also +of the African colonies. In these things, so exceptional, +we can surely say, with the magicians of old who contended +against Moses, “This is the finger of God.” +Thus we see Israel increasing, by the law of diminution going on +among the Gentiles. Israel in the latter day was to be +blessed with plenty in the orchards, stall, and field: “For +I will lay no more famine upon you, saith the Lord.” +<!-- page 53--><a name="page53"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +53</span>The past year we learn that some 10,000,000 of Chinese +perished in famine. India, in one part, has been greatly +reduced in number by the same scourge. This country will be +partly protected from the operation of this law—for no +doubt a large portion are from Abraham. “But unto the +sons of the concubines, which Abraham had, Abraham gave gifts, +and sent them away from Isaac his son, while he yet lived, +Eastward, unto the East country” (Gen. xxv. 6). This +same scourge does not follow the colonising of other +nations. It did not follow Spain, nor the Dutch, nor +France.</p> +<p>If you turn to the prophets, you will soon learn how they are +to increase in the latter days—not by a comparison on the +line of diminution only, but in and from themselves. +“Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will sow the +House of Israel and the House of Judah with the seed of man and +beast” (Jer. xxxi. 27). Have these days come? +We again say, Yes; and these kind of prophecies are being +fulfilled in this day in so special a manner as to make certain +the times we live in. Through Israel, Judah, and Manasseh, +the earth is to find the equilibrium of peace. The Jews +will furnish the money, for in the increasing ascendancy, and +multiplying power, and authority of England and America, the Jews +will draw closer to them and invest more and more their money +with them, because of greater security and profit. The +balance of power and even compulsion will be in the hands of +England and America, to force arbitration on disputing nations, +and they will do so, having set the precedents themselves in the +Alabama and fish treaties. At present, many will refuse +this idea, and point to the famous Monroe doctrine. Now +that doctrine has had its time, nearly; and it has served a good +purpose for the country. The mercantile growth, and general +producing power of this country, will cause us to abandon our +selfish protection policy; for of all other people on the face of +the earth we will want free trade; for we will have the greatest +surplus of mercantile and <!-- page 54--><a +name="page54"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 54</span>agricultural +productions, and in a short time our very position and ability +will push away all competitors. Once our mercantile and +agricultural interests are cast in other nations, we will then +have an interest in their wars and peace, and will be led to +interfere.</p> +<p>The chief way in which the balance of power will fall into +English and American hands is in the fulfilling of the blessings +of the text: the multiplying of this people, first by natural +increase, and second by incorporation and absorption. Look +at this law of absorption; how vigorous and sure! If you +turn into a field of grass fowls, pigs, horses, and cows, you get +chicken-meat, pork, horseflesh, and beef. The individualism +in each creature absorbs and converts the same field of grass +into themselves. So into this country are coming people of +every nation and race, but the individualism of Manasseh will in +due time make them all Manassehites. The children of the +Russians, Poles, Spanish, and so on, become American in taste, +manners, and sympathies. They are being grafted into the +tree of Manasseh.</p> +<p>But look at the law of increase naturally. Take the +population of several countries as given in the last census, and +carefully note the relative increase, and how long it takes each +nation to double its number. Russia, eighty-six millions, +doubles every 100 years; Germany, forty-two millions, doubles +every 100 years; Turkey, forty-seven millions, doubles every 550 +years; Austria, thirty-seven millions, doubles every 100 years; +France, thirty-six millions, doubles every 140 years; Great +Britain, thirty-three millions, doubles every 55 years; United +States, forty millions, doubles every 25 years; Italy, +twenty-seven millions, doubles every 125 years; Egypt, seventeen +millions, doubles every 150 years; Spain, sixteen millions, +doubles every 112 years; English colonies, ten millions, doubles +every 25 years. Now make a calculation for 100 years, from +1878 to 1978, and see how these countries stand in population +<!-- page 55--><a name="page55"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +55</span>and their relative position. Russia will have one +hundred and seventy-two millions; Germany, eighty-four; Turkey, +fifty-six; Austria, seventy-four; France, fifty-nine; Great +Britain, one hundred and thirty-seven; Italy, forty-one; Egypt, +twenty-nine; Spain, twenty-eight; United States, six hundred and +forty; and the English colonies, one hundred and sixty—and +that is not reckoning the natives in the colonies, only the +descendants of the English. Of course, in a country like +India, the natives will be a considerable number, and they might +properly be reckoned in with the colonial items, and so swell the +number of Israel’s power.</p> +<p>Now these figures show a wonderful conclusion. In simple +language, we find that in 1978, the English-speaking race, or +Israelites, will number 937 millions, while all of Russia, +Germany, Turkey, Austria, France, Italy, Egypt, and Spain, will +only number 543 millions. Where then, we ask, will be the +balance of power? And why should this certain law come into +operation at this time, if it be not the blessing foretold by the +prophets? And can we not see that these are the latter +days, and that God is fulfilling His promises to Israel?</p> +<p>The blood of Abraham and the faith of Abraham have been +wonderfully preserved and projected down through the centuries +with telling effect. And on this line the Darwinian theory +of election is very true, for the survival of the fittest is the +proclaimed law of Heaven. There is power in land possession +and there is power in number, and if these two factors maintain +their force for one hundred years, then we infer of certainty +that the sceptre of rule and destiny of the world will be in the +hands of Israel, unless the laws of nature are reversed, and the +promises of God fail. The Word of God cannot fail or return +unto Him void; it must accomplish that whereunto He sent it and +prosper in things designed, or as Jeremiah xxiii. 20 says: +“The anger of the Lord shall not return until He has +executed and till He has performed the thoughts of His heart; in +the latter days ye shall consider it perfectly.”</p> +<h2><!-- page 56--><a name="page56"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +56</span>ISRAEL AND LANGUAGE.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> V.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">LATTER DAY PROPHETIC PROMISES—TIME OF +ISRAEL’S REVIVAL—PYRAMID TESTIMONY—BRITISH +ISLAND POPULATION IN 1882—AFFINITY BETWEEN ENGLISH AND +HEBREW—CELL OF THE HONEYBEE—ORIGIN OF +LANGUAGE—LION OF LANGUAGES—FOREIGN +TESTIMONY—ALL TONGUES INDIGENOUS BUT ENGLISH—THE +PRE-MILLENNIAL TOKENS.</p> +<blockquote><p>“For then will I turn to the people a pure +language, that they may all call upon the name of the Lord, to +serve Him with one consent.”—Zephaniah iii. 9.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>In the last two discourses we called your attention to two +prophecies that are now fulfilling; they are on parallel lines of +time and territory. The first had reference to the rapid +accumulation of the lands of the earth by Israel. Accepting +the Anglo-Saxons as being the children and descendants of Jacob, +it naturally follows that the prophetic blessings and promises +made to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and their heirs, should find a +fulfilment in these, the latter days, and that such fulfilment +should be found in the English nation, among the Jews, and in the +United States. It is easy to see and believe that the +curses prophetically pronounced on Judah and Israel have been +fulfilled, especially on the House of Judah. The promises +to the House of Israel are now being grandly realised. +England is in possession of the isles of the sea, the coasts of +the earth, the waste and desolate places, the heathen is her +inheritance, and she is inheriting the seed of the Gentiles, and +causing their desolate cities to be inhabited. From the +taking of Jamaica, by General Penn, in 1655, to the peaceful +cession of Cyprus, the course of this little island nation has +been onward and upward. And if her conquests and progress +are not amenable to prophecy, for an interpretation, then the +wonder is still greater. The facts are with us, and must be +accounted for some way. The second had reference to the +multitudinous seed of <!-- page 57--><a name="page57"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 57</span>Israel in the latter days. Till +two hundred years ago the Anglo-Saxons were not in this respect +distinct from other races; indeed, for centuries they were +distinct rather for their weakness in multiplying power and +number. Many other races have exceeded them in this +particular. But no sooner do we come abreast of the latter +day time than we find the laws of centuries changed. In +thermal science it is an axiom that heat expands all bodies, and +of course that cold contracts them. But to this general +rule there is one beautiful and benevolent exception: it is in +water; for if we start with water at thirty-two degrees, we find +the remarkable phenomenon of cold expanding all below thirty-two, +and heat expanding all above. If we take water at 212 +degrees and withdraw it from the heat, it will continue to +contract till we reach thirty-two; then the law is reversed, and +the water expands. Now the reversion of this law, at this +particular point, is wonderfully expressive of Divine forethought +and benevolence. By such a change ice is made to float in +water, and so save our lakes, streams, and wells from being +frozen solid. As this exception is to thermal science, so +is the law of reproduction to Israel in this day. This +people, who have been behind other races, now, at an appointed +time, step to the front. The law seems to be reversed, and +that too for a benevolent purpose—for the very purpose that +they might be able to fulfil the mission assigned them in these +last days, to occupy the new lands and evangelise the +world. One prophecy seems to call for the other, for what +would be the use of the lands without the people, or the people +without the lands? It is an amazing fact that Queen +Victoria should bear rule over one-third of the population of the +whole earth, and that Israel, including Manasseh, should own +one-fourth of the land.</p> +<p>But this amazing fact is made reasonable when we accept the +Queen as being of the seed of David, and an heir to the promises +attaching to David’s throne, and when we accept the <!-- +page 58--><a name="page58"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +58</span>Anglo-Saxons as being the Ten Lost Tribes of +Israel. Then prophecy, Providence, and facts, are a +trinity—they are one sublime whole. God, speaking +through Moses, said He would punish to reform Israel for seven +times—and seven times prophetically understood, means 2,520 +years. If we allow that Israel were carried captive in the +year 725 before Christ, then Israel would come into freedom, or +be reformed, about 1795; because if we add 725 to 1,795, we get +2,520. Up to this point they were to be robbed of their +children and to be few in number (see Lev. xxvi. 22). In +the year 1795 Israel were to be relieved from these curses; and +about this time this special law of reproduction came into +operation; or, if we take the lamentations of Hosea vi. +1–3: “Come and let us return unto the Lord, for He +hath torn, and He will heal us; He hath smitten, and He will bind +us up; after two days will He revive us; in the third day He will +raise us up, and we shall live in His sight. Then shall we +know if we follow on to know the Lord. His going forth is +prepared as the morning, and He shall come unto us as the rain, +as the latter and former rain unto the earth.” By +this passage, our day and the special providences of this period +are mournfully and graphically referred to. Here a day +stands for a thousand years, “for a day with the Lord is as +a thousand years;” so that when two thousand years should +have passed by, Ephraim, who stands for Israel, was to be revived +and blessed with fruitfulness sometime during the third day, or +thousand years. In ancient time a day was counted when it +had a majority—that is, when it had passed the half. +The prophet here says we were to be revived, or raised up, on the +third day. So, if you again take these three thousand-year +days, you will find that two of them are to be completely passed, +and during the third we were to be raised. The number we +have given, 2,520, exactly meets the interpretation—2,000 +complete, and 520 make a majority for the third day by the twenty +over the half. These prophetic <!-- page 59--><a +name="page59"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 59</span>figures tally +well with the existing state of things. About the beginning +of this century England assumed to lead the world. It is a +remarkable coincidence that, in the last century, the question of +how to multiply the population was a subject of debate and +legislation in the British Parliament. But what legislation +failed to do, God in His providence did at the appointed +time.</p> +<p>It is a curious fact, and well worth noticing, that the famous +witness of the Lord of hosts in Egypt, the Great Pyramid, +forecasts what the number of Israel and Judah would be in the +year 1882. As Israel is symbolised in the Grand Gallery, it +is found that the cubic contents of the same, in inches, is about +36,000,000; thus by some this is interpreted to mean that inches +stand for individuals, and if so, then England proper will have +this number in 1880. Whether this is a true interpretation +or not, we all know that these figures will be about right. +The Queen’s Chamber of the Pyramid symbolises the number +and condition of the Jews.</p> +<p>From these two prophecies, so sublimely fulfilling, let me +invite your attention to another that is now maturing. It, +too, is parallel with the other two. We refer to the +peculiar growth, power, and progress of the English +language. After Israel went into captivity, they were to +lose their language and take or form another. “For +with stammering lips and another tongue will He speak to this +people” (Isa. xxviii. 11). We will all agree that the +English language is not the Hebrew; and if we are Israelites, +then indeed God is speaking to us in another tongue, for few of +us read His Word in Hebrew. It is read to the millions in +the English; hence the millions hear God speak to them in another +tongue than that of Hebrew. Between the English and Hebrew +languages there is an intimate relation, especially back a few +years, before the English had grown so much. The Hebrew was +a very limited language; not numbering more than 7,000 +words. The English is now said <!-- page 60--><a +name="page60"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 60</span>to number +about 80,000. The most lavish writer does not use over +10,000; the common average is about 3,000. In the English +we have not less than 1,000 Hebrew roots. This, comparing +the languages a few years back, is a large percentage. In +names of persons and places the Hebrew is very prominent in +England.</p> +<p>I take it for a fact that language is of Divine origin. +Men have written on the origin of language from every standpoint; +the majority of them trying to account for its existence without +allowing so noble a source. The first man, Adam, I believe, +could talk as easily and naturally as he could see, and hear, and +taste. Speech was a part of his endowment. There is +nothing more wonderful in a man talking than a bird singing, save +that speech is a higher order of utterance. Dumb nature +performs marvels every day as mighty and wonderful as man’s +talking. The honey-bee builds its cells, ignorant of the +fact that such construction is the solution of a problem which +had troubled men for centuries to solve. At what point +shall certain lines meet so as to give the most room with the +least material and have the greatest strength in the +building? This problem is said to have been worked out by a +Mr. McLaughland, a noted Scotch mathematician, who arrived at his +conclusion by laborious and careful fluxionary calculation. +To his surprise, and to the surprise of the world, such lines and +such a building were found in the common bee cell. Now I +hold that the same Creator who gave to the bee the mathematical +instinct could endow man with the instinct of speech. Even +to animal instinct we find a certain variation and permitted +latitude in what is called adaptive instinct. So in man we +find this same instinct of adaptation in a higher sense. +The instinct comes into play when we suppose a number of persons +separated from others, each living in different quarters of the +globe. In such a condition, though of the same language +when first separated, they would not remain so long—that +is, in the <!-- page 61--><a name="page61"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 61</span>primitive state of society. +Thus, among the tribes of Africa, at this day, languages are +widening and varying from a once common centre. So Israel +in captivity would lose the Hebrew gradually. The language +of the people among whom they settled was the Sanskrit, from +which a score of languages have come—the German, French, +and Italian, Saxon and others. The Saxon of to-day, +compared with the Saxon of 2,000 years ago, is very different; so +much so that for us to learn and speak it would be equal to +learning a new language. Thus the English language is a +thing of growth. In the year 1362 the Saxon was made the +court language of England. From that time onward its growth +has been wonderful.</p> +<p>The prophetic outlines and Divine place of this language may +be seen in the germal foundations, which give unto it such +vigour, tenacity, and capabilities of expansion. All the +features of this language go to show that it is destined to be +the medium of a world’s intercourse, and that it very +suitably belongs to Israel, in whose hand will be the destiny of +the world. It is the lion of languages. It will grow +anywhere, and by reason of its tenacity when once it gets a +foothold it abides. It is peculiarly suited to the +humanities of every race, clime, and condition; there is no limit +to its expansive adaptability. It is in a special manner +voracious in the destruction of other languages; wherever it +goes, it sounds the death-knell of all the rest.</p> +<p>Soon as this language entered Britain, it began its work of +destruction. Before it has disappeared the real British, +the Cymric or Welsh, Erse or Irish, the Gaelic of Scotland, and +the Manx of the Isle of Man. The British Keltic is entirely +gone; the rest are entirely local. Beside these it ousted +from the island the Norse, the Norman-French, and several other +tongues that tried to transplant themselves on English +soil. It is at work in every part of the globe, planting +itself and displacing others. A few years ago French was +the language best suited <!-- page 62--><a +name="page62"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 62</span>for a +traveller on the Continent. But this has changed. Now +the English is by far superior. And why is it that the +English is supplanting all others? To answer such a +question in a scientific way, one cannot do better than quote +from the great and learned German philologist, Prof. Grimm, of +Berlin. He says of it: “It has a thorough power of +expression, such as no other language ever possessed. It +may truly be called a world-language, for no other can compare +with it in richness, reasonableness, and solidity of +texture.” But perhaps the most definite and distinct +testimony given by a foreigner touching the future ubiquity of +the Anglo-Saxon race and language, is that put forward by Provost +Paradol, a learned Frenchman. He says “that neither +Russia nor united Germany, supposing that they should attain the +highest fortune, can pretend to impede that current of things, +nor prevent that solution, relatively near at hand, of the long +rivalry of European races for the ultimate colonisation and +domination of the universe. The world will not be Russian, +nor German, nor French, alas! nor Spanish.” He +concludes that it will be Anglo-Saxon.</p> +<p>A British poet has presented in poetry the special features of +several of the European languages, which we give:—</p> +<blockquote><p>“Greek’s a harp we love to hear;<br /> +Latin is a trumpet clear;<br /> +Spanish like an organ swells;<br /> +Italian rings its bridal bells;<br /> +France, with many a frolic mien,<br /> +Tunes her sprightly violin;<br /> +Loud the German rolls his drum<br /> +When Russia’s clashing cymbals come;<br /> +But British sons may well rejoice,<br /> +For English is the human voice.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>There are eight languages in the bounds of Christian +civilisation that may be accounted powerful, because they are the +tongues of vigorous people; they are the English, Russian, <!-- +page 63--><a name="page63"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +63</span>German, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, and +Scandinavian. But of these all are indigenous, except the +English, so that they die if transplanted. Look at this +country and behold what a cemetery it is for languages. +Once the French had strong hold and promised to abide here; but +it is now nearly gone, even from the state of Louisiana and +Canada, the last places of retreat.</p> +<p>If we take note of the population according to these several +languages, we shall see the prophetic future of the +English. It is spoken by about ninety millions, Russian +seventy-five, German fifty-six, French forty, Spanish +thirty-eight, Italian twenty-nine, Portuguese fourteen, and +Scandinavian nine. Within the control of the governments of +these languages we find England to have rule over 255,000,000 +people, who do not as yet speak English, and we find that the +other seven have only seventy-five millions outside of +themselves. Here is an important difference. If we +look at them by territorial limits, leaving out Russia, we find +the English language to own 13,382,686 square miles, Germany +449,684, French 571,578, Spanish 4,694,811, Italian 114,466, +Portuguese 4,028,311, and Scandinavian 1,308,830. The +aggregate number of square miles possessed by these six +languages, is 11,167,620, which altogether, you see, own +2,215,066 miles square less than the English. The balance +itself is more than Germany, France, and Spain put +together. The English language is divided only into two +governments, but the other six are divided into twenty-six, all +of which governments are bitter one toward the other; each trying +to supplant one another, while England and the United States are +at peace, and will ever remain so. In one hundred years +from now the English language will be spoken by a thousand +million people. Thus we need no stretch of fancy to see +that what the prophet speaks of in the text will be accomplished +in due time.</p> +<p>This language will soon be universal; by common consent it +<!-- page 64--><a name="page64"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +64</span>will become the language of the world. All the +changes going on among nations forecast its ubiquity. +China, by an imperial decree, has just added to her language 700 +English words. Her sons by the thousand are with us, and by +the thousand they are learning our mother tongue. The +Japanese, till a few years ago, carried on their foreign +correspondence through the Dutch, but now they have changed to +the English. Besides, in the 50,000 schools in Japan +English is being taught. If science has an answer for this +strange phenomenon, so have we. Ours is, that it is the +will of Heaven. Confusion of tongues came at Babel as a +punishment. By this means Heaven scattered the unwilling +descendants of Noah. When Noah came forth from the Ark, God +bade him multiply and replenish the earth—that is, fill it +up. Babel, however, was built as a monument of +centralisation, for the builders gave as a reason for building +it, “Lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the +earth.” By a confusion of tongues they were +scattered. Since then we have had some 1,500 distinct +languages, and some 3,500 colloquials, or say 5,000 different +forms of speech. At the present time 600 of the primary are +dead, so that there are about 900 languages now spoken on all the +earth, with about 2,500 colloquials.</p> +<p>When these means have answered their end—namely, to make +us occupy all parts of the earth—then they will die +out. It then follows that as the world fills, languages +must disappear. So they do. The English and German +were the last languages to come into existence. No new ones +are now being made. Alphabets are increasing, because +missionaries are reducing spoken languages among the heathen into +a written form. The Bible is translated into two hundred +different tongues. This itself will only lead the millions +back to English. All ship papers are now made out in +English excepting the French, and no doubt they will soon have to +follow in the wake.</p> +<p>The day of Pentecost foreshowed the universality of some <!-- +page 65--><a name="page65"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +65</span>language. Pentecost was a type, and the English is +the antitype. The strangers from Phrygia, Pamphylia, Libya, +Pontus, and Cappadocia, mingled with the Parthians, Medes, +Elamites, Cretes, and Arabians. They all heard the Gospel +in their own tongue. The different tongues make a wall of +division, making them strangers one with another; but the Holy +Ghost took away this wall, and they were all face to face, able +to understand one another. The same power that here +multiplied the gift of tongues—giving to some +several—surely could give to Adam one. Away with a +faith that cannot give God credit with being the Author of +language.</p> +<p>No sooner do we see England in guardian possession of Syria +than the idea enters into the scheme of reform of extending the +English language. The Board of Directors of the Syrian +Protestant College at Beyrout have shown their appreciation of +the new era of British influence by a recent vote, which is to +the effect that on January 1, 1879, all instruction in the +college shall be through the English language. The Arabic +will only be taught as any other dead language. This +remarkable action shows that British influence in Syria is +hereafter to be more than simply diplomatic; it is to be an +all-pervading and controlling power, affecting every interest of +Society. Truly another Pentecostal day is drawing +nigh—a day when all the world shall hear the Gospel in the +language of Israel. In all these things we see the lively +tokens and pre-millennial agencies hastening on the day of the +Lord.</p> +<h2><!-- page 66--><a name="page66"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +66</span>ISRAEL AND GENTILE FULNESS.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> VI.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">MEANING OF GENTILE FULNESS—BLESSINGS +THROUGH JUDAH AND EPHRAIM—BEST RELIGION—JEWS +OUTWITTED—WHY BENJAMIN WAS KEPT AT JERUSALEM—FRENCH +PROTESTANTISM—GENTILE FULNESS CONTEMPORARY WITH +TO-DAY—WHAT IT IS—EXCEPTIONAL TURKEY.</p> +<blockquote><p>“Now, if the fall of them be the riches of +the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the +Gentiles, how much more their fulness.”—Rom. ii. +12.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Paul, the author of this epistle to the Romans, tells us that +he was an Israelite of the seed of Abraham and of the Tribe of +Benjamin. The fact so conveyed it is necessary that we keep +in mind, if we would interpret aright this epistle. He +introduces to our notice three parties: the Jews, who include at +this time the Tribes of Judah and Levi; the Israelites, who +embraced the Tribe of Benjamin and the other nine Tribes that had +been in captivity for about eight hundred years—the whole +together are generally known as the Ten Lost Tribes. In the +third party we have the Gentiles. This word Gentile usually +denotes and includes the non-Jewish nations and people. The +Hebrew word <i>goyim</i>, in early Bible history, was equivalent +to our word nation. It finally began to denote any people +who were not of the sacred seed of Abraham. The Greek word +so rendered is <i>ethnos</i>, which means a multitude or +nation. In the New Testament another word is sometimes used +in a more limited sense—namely, <i>hellenes</i>, which is +translated Greeks. Ignorance of these three parties, their +place in Providence, and relation one to the other, has given +rise to much needless controversy and division in the domain of +theology. Men have argued for an election and a +reprobation, laying great stress on <!-- page 67--><a +name="page67"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 67</span>the 9th, +10th, and 11th chapters of Romans, that is in no wise +taught. The election Paul deals with is a literal one, +having reference to a distinct people, whom God has elected for a +special work in this world. This people God calls +“His people,” “His inheritance,” +“His chosen,” “His witnesses,” “His +servants.” “This people have I formed for +Myself; they shall shew forth My praise” (Isa. xliii. +21). Hence exclaims the Psalmist, “Blessed is the +nation whose God is the Lord; and the people whom He hath chosen +for His own inheritance.”</p> +<p>It will be evident to any careful Bible reader that God called +Abraham from Ur, in Chaldea, from his own kindred, for a special +design. Through Abraham’s seed Jehovah designed that +blessings, temporal and spiritual, should flow to all +nations. He selected this seed for His own training, +instruction, and culture, to the end that they might train, +instruct, and evangelise the rest of mankind. Through Judah +was to come spiritual blessings, because from Him was the +Messiah; and through Ephraim, as representative of the Ten +Tribes, was to come temporal blessings. And this in the +past has been the order of providential procedure; it is the +present order, and it is to be the future. Look and verify +this statement and order by an examination of the nations of the +earth at this time, by asking yourselves the question: What form +of religion among the many on earth is best suited to develop +man, to conserve his truest interest, and crown him with the +greatest measure of peace, plenty, liberty, and security? +Surely to this question there can be but one answer—it is +the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ. And it is evident +that Christ came of the Tribe of Judah. If we seek among +the nations for the best form of civilisation and the best +government, we shall find the same to be in the bounds of Israel +and Manasseh—England and America. Here we shall find +individualism the best developed, and liberty the fullest +grown. In this conclusion the intelligent of every other +nation will concur. We assume no <!-- page 68--><a +name="page68"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 68</span>risk in +making this statement. Thus, without doubt, the world at +large is greatly indebted to the religion of Jesus, who was of +Judah, and to the Anglo-Saxons, for the best and purest forms of +political organisations or governments. The Anglo-Saxons +being the Ten Lost Tribes, it therefore follows that God has +carried out the design included in Abraham’s call, and the +promise made that in his seed should all the nations of the earth +be blessed. To us it seems to have been a roundabout +way. Had Israel been obedient to God in Palestine, and had +Judah received Jesus as the true Messiah, the state of the +nations most certainly would have been very different to what it +is now. Still, through all, and for all, the purpose of +heaven has been carried forward.</p> +<p>In studying Providence it is always well to remember that God +is not dependent on the harmonious co-operation of His creatures +for the accomplishment of His purpose. He can gain His ends +either through our hate or love, resistance or +co-operation. When the Jews had crucified Christ, they +naturally thought they had cut short His career and cut off His +influence; for so it would appear by all human reasoning. +Even the disciples did not see how He could be the Messiah and +Deliverer of Israel when He allowed Himself to be +crucified. The hope of Israel was buried with the dead +Christ. They had hoped that it had been He who should have +redeemed Israel; but this hope was then dead. But by His +resurrection they saw through the secret of Providence, and they +saw that God was faithful in devising a way of escape, and able +to bring to pass His own glorious purpose. So Peter voices +their experience when he says, “Blessed be the God and +Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which, according to His abundant +mercy, hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the +resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead.” The Jews +soon found out they had made a mistake in crucifying Jesus; for +the risen Christ was mightier than the teaching Jesus. They +had crushed a seed to the earth which sprang forth in renewed +beauty and grace; whose death <!-- page 69--><a +name="page69"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 69</span>was life and +whose loss was gain. In common parlance they had been +outwitted. They slew a man and He rose a God. They in +wrath offered a sacrifice once and for all, even for the very sin +in which they were then indulging. They unknowingly +abolished death, and brought life and immortality to light. +The critical and unbelieving Sadducees, who denied another life +than this, gave aid in proving another and a better; for Christ +risen condemned their unbelief. The proud and ritualistic +Pharisee, who loved the temple and its gorgeous ceremony, +destroyed one and made the other of none avail, for in the +planted death of Jesus they laid the foundation of another and +grander temple—one composed of living stones—and made +the temple service meaningless; for the anti-type had swallowed +up the type; the real, the ideal. In all this they had +reasoned on a human plan, which is not high enough to wholly +overlook and explore the kingdom of God. Paul, in 1 Cor. +ii. 7, makes this matter plain: “But we speak the wisdom of +God in a mystery; even the hidden wisdom which God ordained +before the world unto our glory, which none of the princes of +this world knew; for had they known it, they would not have +crucified the Lord of glory.” Jesus committed His +life to the wave-tide of their rage, and was floated to death and +victory. On the man side there was purpose and hate, and +for this they were responsible; and on the Divine side we have +wisdom and love working out the salvation of a lost race.</p> +<p>Jesus came to His own and they did not receive Him. Who +were His own? We answer, the Jews; for He was of +Judah. But if His own did not receive Him, we ask, who +did? The answer is, that Israel received Him. The +Israelites in the land at that time were the Tribe of +Benjamin. They had been providentially selected for this +work nearly a thousand years before. This one Tribe of +Benjamin has a very peculiar history; and it you will study it +over, it will greatly serve to confirm your faith in the Divine +inspiration of the Bible and the unity <!-- page 70--><a +name="page70"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 70</span>and +forethought of Providence. The original theocracy of Israel +consisted of Twelve Tribes. This theocracy was divided +under Rehoboam, Solomon’s son and successor. Ten +Tribes seceded, and formed a kingdom, which is ever after called +the kingdom of Israel; their first king was Jeroboam. But +it is very singular to notice, that one of these Ten Tribes is +lent to the kingdom of Judah, and this one Tribe is +Benjamin. In this was the Divine provision for the time of +Christ. We find in the first book of Kings, eleventh +chapter, that Solomon displeased the Lord by his wicked ways, and +the Lord said: “Forasmuch as this is done of thee, and thou +hast not kept My covenant and My statutes which I have commanded +thee, I will surely rend the kingdom from thee, and I will give +it to thy servant (Jeroboam was Solomon’s servant at that +time); notwithstanding in thy days I will not do it, for David +thy father’s sake; but I will rend it out of the hands of +thy son. Howbeit I will not rend away all the kingdom, but +will give one Tribe to thy son, for David My servant’s +sake, and for Jerusalem’s sake, which I have +chosen.” All the kingdom evidently meant the Ten +Tribes. The same truth Ahijah, the Shilonite, taught when +he rent his new garment into twelve pieces, and gave to Jeroboam +ten. “And he said to Jeroboam, Take thee ten pieces; +for thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel: Behold, I will rend +the kingdom out of the hands of Solomon and will give Ten Tribes +to thee.” Then comes in the reserve clause again: +“But he shall have one Tribe for My servant David’s +sake, and for Jerusalem’s sake, the city which I have +chosen out of all the Tribes of Israel.” And the +reason for the reservation of this Tribe is clearly expressed in +verse 36: “And unto his son will I give one Tribe, that +David My servant may always have a light before Me in +Jerusalem.” Now it is plain why this Tribe was an +exception. The city of Jerusalem, God says, He has chosen +out of all the cities of Israel, because to this city would the +Messiah come. And beautifully agreeing <!-- page 71--><a +name="page71"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 71</span>with the +forethought is the fact that when the Tribes had their lots +assigned them in Palestine, the city of Jerusalem fell in the +portion of Benjamin.</p> +<p>The Tribe then were owners of the city, and they received +Christ. The disciples and first followers and converts were +chiefly from this Tribe of Benjamin. After this Tribe +received Christ, then their work was done in Jerusalem. So +they were to separate from the kingdom of Judah, and seek out +their own brethren and unite with them. The time of their +separation had been foretold by the prophet, and pointed out by +the Saviour. The time of their departure would be +coincident with the siege and destruction of their beloved +city. So cried Jeremiah down through the centuries, +“Oh, ye children of Benjamin, gather yourselves to flee out +of the midst of Jerusalem, and blow the trumpet in Tekoa, and set +up a sign of fire in Beth-haccerem, for evil appeareth out of the +North and great destruction “(Jer. vi. 1). If any of +you are mindful to examine history, you will find that war came, +that the destruction was terrible, and more, you will find that +the Benjaminites escaped. These points profane historians +thoroughly confirm. Having fulfilled their God-appointed +mission with the kingdom of Judah and in Jerusalem, Heaven gave +them to be light-bearers to the whole world; first to specially +find their own brethren of the House of Israel, and carry them +the Gospel, and they would carry it unto all the earth. +Thus the Saviour said, “Go not in the way of the Gentiles, +and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not. But go +rather to the lost sheep of the House of Israel.” +Peter in his epistle tells where these lost sheep were +scattered. Agreeable to the Saviour’s command they +went forth, and preached as they went, and so carried the Gospel +of Jesus with them. As a Tribe they finally settled in +Normandy, and gave to France her Protestantism, which, from that +day to this, Catholicism has not been able entirely to uproot, +though it has made several desperate attempts. They +finally, however, <!-- page 72--><a name="page72"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 72</span>as a Tribe, under the Norman +conquest, entered England and united with the other nine +Tribes. Their advent, and the way they came, is very +graphically symbolised in the unicorn on the royal arms of +England. The unicorn is looking Westward, and is attached +to the crown by a chain—showing that it came from the +East.</p> +<p>With these facts in one’s mind, read those difficult +passages in Romans, and all will be plain. Take, for +instance, Romans xi. 17: “And if some of the branches be +broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert grafted in +among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of +the olive tree.” Here it is manifest that we have +three parties mentioned. The branches broken off mean Judah +and Levi, the wild olive stands for the Gentiles, the people in +among whom they were grafted, or root of whose fatness they were +partakers, mean the Israelites. The hope of Jewish +restoration is nicely set forth in verse 24: “For if thou +wert cut out of the olive tree, which is wild by nature, and wert +grafted contrary to nature into a good olive tree, how much more +shall these, which be the natural branches, be grafted into their +own olive tree.” Again, the wild olive stands for the +Gentiles, the good olive tree for Israel, the branches broken +off, but which may be grafted in again, for the Jews. Thus +to this theory of interpretation the whole Bible responds easily +and reasonably. With this kind of interpretation one need +not twist and distort the sacred Word in order to understand +it. I trust the day is near when men will expound the +sacred Scriptures by the rules of common sense.</p> +<p>The calamity that happened to the nine Tribes of Israel in +been carried captive has been turned into good by our heavenly +Father—into good for them and all the world. +“Therefore the Lord removed Israel out of His sight, as He +had said by all His servants the prophets. So was Israel +carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this +day” (2 Kings xvii. 23). <!-- page 73--><a +name="page73"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 73</span>Keeping back +the Tribe of Benjamin is a marvel of goodness. And with +Paul we may exclaim: “Now if the fall of them be the riches +of the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the +Gentiles, how much more their fulness.” If Israel had +been able to contribute so much of Christianity to the world, and +evolve in her imperfect state such an equitable form of +government, what will her contribution be when gathered, +restored, and once again put into a theocratic relation to +God? “For if the casting away of them be the +reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be, +but life from the dead?” This people who have been +scattered among the Gentiles God is collecting out from among +them for His own glorious purpose and work. Thus scattered +they have been a mystery—a mystery among the +Gentiles. Paul to the Colossians says: “To whom God +would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery +among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you the hope of +glory.”</p> +<p>When will the fulness of the text take place? We +answer. Before long. The fulness here stands over +against the Gentile fulness. In the three last discourses +we called your attention to Israel’s maturing fulness in +land, people, and language. And now, if you will consider +the state of the Gentile nations, it will be apparent to you that +the time of Gentile fulness is now present. These Gentile +nations are now overflowing. Take China with her teeming +millions, and ask why she has not peopled the world? for surely +she could have done so long ago. But she barred her own +doors by making it unlawful for any of her subjects to leave the +flowery kingdom—forbidding heaven to such as should die +outside. Now, however, she must permit emigration or perish +by famine. Take the countries of Europe, and is it not +strange that Israel’s fulness of land, people, and language +is made the fuller by these nations contributing towards the +same? The fulness of the Gentiles is made to flow into the +fulness of Israel. These countries, outside of +Israel-England, <!-- page 74--><a name="page74"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 74</span>have no colonies to send their +overflow to; hence, they are filling up the domain of Israel and +so hastening on her fulness. The French, Germans, Italians, +and Spaniards forsake their land and language, thus adding to +Israel’s fulness; for they chiefly settle down within the +bounds of Israel. To this Gentile fulness there was to be +one strange exception—that was in the Turkish nation. +This nation is set forth by the prophet under the figure of the +River Euphrates. In their first appearance they were to be +very numerous. In the eleventh century they began to invade +Europe. The historian Gibbon, speaking of them, says: +“Myriads of Turkish horsemen overspread the whole Greek +empire, until at last Constantinople fell into their +hands.” From 1453 till now have they held this grand +capital. John, in Rev. ix., pictures this invasion, and +speaks of the number of horsemen. He speaks of them as +having power in their mouths and tails. This language is +very expressive when we remember the Moslem’s war-cry, +which was “The sword of Mahomet and of God.” +And in one of the first of their great battles they lost their +standard; but, not long baffled, the commander-in-chief cut off +the tail of his beautiful steed, and, putting it on the end of a +pole, hoisted it as a standard. This ensign they long +used. This kingdom, however, is to dry up—that is, to +disappear gradually, as a river dries up. All this is +taking place. Turkey sends emigrants nowhere. They +are literally dying out. In number they are fewer each +year. Turkey will pass away for want of Turks. Her +territory will be taken away from her gradually. How +remarkable the dealings of Providence with men and nations!</p> +<p>Up to the point of Gentile fulness, Israel was to be partly +blind, for God’s plans, through Israel, were to remain a +mystery for a time. “For I would not, brethren, that +ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in +your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, +until <!-- page 75--><a name="page75"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 75</span>the fulness of the Gentiles be come +in.” Our idea is that the Gentile fulness is now in, +and if so, it is natural, then, that Israel should be found, and +about this time have her eyes opened. Up to this time of +fulness, Jerusalem was to be trodden down. “And they +shall fall by the edge of the sword, and be led away captive into +all nations; and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, +until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled” (Luke xxi. +23). Now, the Jews did fall by the edge of the sword, as +the Saviour foretold; they were carried captive into all nations; +Jerusalem has been trodden under foot. Thus, then, do we +see three parts of His prophecy literally fulfilled; and so +surely will the fourth part be, which is, that in connection with +Gentile fulness this treading shall cease, and proud, imperial +Salem shall lift her head once more free from tyrant hands and +heathen tramping, to become the city of God and His chosen +ones.</p> +<p>When Moses was sent to deliver the children of Israel from +Egypt, he was equipped with miraculous power that he might +convince Pharaoh and the Egyptians what was the will of Jehovah; +but not more so than are the prophetic students of this day; for +the presence of the Divine gleams forth all around in the +miracles of prophecy now so wonderfully fulfilling in this our +day.</p> +<h2><!-- page 76--><a name="page76"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +76</span>DREAM IMAGE OF NEBUCHADNEZZAR.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> VII.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">FUTURE HISTORY OF THE WORLD—THE +DESTRUCTION OF THE PAPACY COMMENCED—IRELAND TO BE FREE AND +INDEPENDENT OF ENGLAND AND ROME—FUTURE GLORY OF BRITAIN AND +THE UNITED STATES.</p> +<blockquote><p>“Thou, O King, sawest and beheld a great +image. This great image whose brightness was excellent, +stood before thee; and the form thereof was +terrible.”—Dan. ii. 31.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>About 2,500 years ago the kingdom of Babylon was strong, +great, and prosperous. The king of this vast empire is +known in history as Nebuchadnezzar. His reign had been +marked with great victories over the surrounding nations. +The mighty Empire of Assyria he had conquered; Egypt he had +wasted and almost destroyed; Palestine he had reduced to strange +and pitiable desolation, having carried the Jewish inhabitants +captive into the region of Babylon. Among these captives we +find Daniel, the prophet of Judah. In the second year of +Nebuchadnezzar’s consolidated reign, as king over Babylon +and Assyria, he dreamed a dream which gave him much anxiety of +mind and troubled him very much. This dream he could not +remember nor explain, save that it had left a terrible impression +on his mind. The wise men were confounded, for they could +neither declare the vision or its meaning. The king, in his +rage, decreed them all to death. At this point appears +Daniel, one of the captives of Judah. Moved of God, he +presents himself before the king and makes known to him the +vision and interpretation.</p> +<p>The king had seen a great metallic image, excellent in +brightness and terrible in form. It was a human figure of +massive proportions, standing erect with outstretched arms, <!-- +page 77--><a name="page77"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +77</span>and of a mixed and strange composition. The head +was of fine gold. The breast and arms were of silver. +The belly and thighs of brass. The legs of iron, the feet +part of iron and part of clay. While the king was gazing on +this monstrous figure with intense interest, his attention was +arrested by the appearance of a small stone—this stone was +alone; there appeared no hands handling it or moving it. It +was cut out of the mountain without hands. In this stone +there appears to be a good deal of the supernatural. At +once this little stone assaults the image, beginning at the +feet. The battle is surely unequal; the battle continues, +and during the struggle the stone actually grows; the image falls +to pieces—the feet, thigh, breast, and head—and +victory is with the stone. By the time the image is wholly +destroyed the stone has become a mountain; or, as Daniel said to +Nebuchadnezzar, “Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out +without hands, which smote the image upon his feet that were of +iron and clay, and brake them to pieces. Then was the iron, +the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold broken to pieces +together, and became like the chaff of the Summer +threshing-floors; and the wind carried them away, that no place +was found for them; and the stone that smote the image became a +great mountain and filled the whole earth.”</p> +<p>In this vision and interpretation we have a line of history +laid bare so clearly that we need not err. The beginning is +the time and kingdom of Nebuchadnezzar. The image stands +for four great earthly monarchies, extending down through the +centuries even to this time and day—and a little further; +for these monarchies are not yet wholly destroyed, and the +stone-kingdom does not yet fill the world. Of this fifth, +or stone kingdom, there is to be no end by conquest, or decay, or +succession. Daniel says that this kingdom shall not be left +to other people—that is, it shall never be succeeded.</p> +<p>The peculiar features of the stone-kingdom make it interesting +to ascertain what kingdom, monarchy, and people stand for <!-- +page 78--><a name="page78"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +78</span>it; for such kingdom, though small at the beginning, is +to grow, prosper, and continue to the end of time. Guided +by the Scriptures and history, let us look for these four earthly +monarchies; and the better to accomplish our task, let us stretch +the giant figure on his back; then his head of gold will rest in +Babylon, his silver breast and arms will take in Media and +Persia, his belly and thighs will take in Greece, and his legs +and feet will take in Rome. Thus, then, the gold head stood +for Babylon, and is now in this day represented and found in +Russia—for Russia is a continuation of Babylon. The +<i>Czar</i> is on the line of Nebuchadne<i>zzar</i>. This +gold-headed kingdom will be the last destroyed—the +destruction begins at the feet. Russia, therefore, has yet +a lease of life and prosperity; but, finally, she too will yield +the contests and disappear before the stone-kingdom. The +gold stands for work and endurance, as the head is significant of +supremacy; but the stone will finally destroy it.</p> +<p>The silver, next in value and endurance, of which were the +arms and breast, stands for Persia. Centuries ago Persia +was the great Power of the earth. At one time it would seem +as if she never would decay or ever have a rival; but her day +came, and she has dwindled down to the little kingdom and +monarchy—the Persia of to-day. Her power is gone, she +is consumptive, and will soon disappear as a separate +kingdom. The present visit of the King of Persia to the +Czar at St. Petersburg is not without meaning. The gold +head of Russia will need the assistance of the arms of Persia +by-and-bye.</p> +<p>The brass parts stand well and appropriately for ancient +Greece—an Empire once so gigantic and powerful, a people so +polished and learned, but long ago their time, and work, and +place were marked out. And now the time is nearly gone and +the work done, hence they will soon disappear. The present +little kingdom of Greece is all that is left. Brass is in +itself corrosive, so the Greek Empire has gradually eaten itself +away. What sublime lessons the prophets of old taught +us!</p> +<p><!-- page 79--><a name="page79"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +79</span>The iron and clay, of which were the legs and feet, +stand for the great Roman Empire, which in its day was so solid +and grand with its law and order, its soldiers and +statesmen. This Empire that tried the hopeless experiment +of mixing clay and iron—that is, Church and State as +inaugurated by Constantine. This nation that tried to fuse +together Paganism and Christianity. This nation that tried +to stand on two equal feet, and to encompass the whole of man, +body and spirit. Well might Daniel say of this brittle +Empire that it should be partly strong and partly weak. In +conscience and the empire of the soul Christ alone is King. +No wonder that the Roman Empire has disappeared. The iron +part is now entirely gone. The Pope and the Church of Rome +foolishly arrogate to themselves to be this kingdom. They +still try and believe in mixing the iron and clay—they yet +claim authority in the spirit realm. Obedience to Christ +and the Pope cannot be on the spiritual or clay side. No +man can supremely serve two masters. On the iron side no +man can be loyal to his country and the Pope at the same +time. No man can serve two masters at the same time, both +of which claim and demand supremacy. These things cannot be +mixed. “And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry +clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men, but they +shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with +clay.”</p> +<p>How true the prophetic utterances of the prophet! The +Catholics and Protestants do not mix easily, not socially, not +politically, nor educationally. How are we to mix freely +with those who think we are heretics and damnable? How can +we socially mix with a people so lordly in their claims and +deficient in character as many are—a people who, when true +to their profession, must be our secret or open enemies—who +sink their manhood and parental claims, so as to depend upon the +priest for forgiveness and on him for instruction? Thus, at +the priest’s command, the coming generations are divided +and <!-- page 80--><a name="page80"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +80</span>embittered in the fact of separate schools for Catholics +and Protestants. These men of clay and lordly air, claim +rights superior to the State, despising the State provision for +education. Daniel said, “The dream is certain, and +the interpretation thereof sure.” If so, as sure as +the iron part has disappeared, so will the clay.</p> +<p>Now a clearer view, a purer faith and greater liberty are +dawning upon our Catholic friends, which is making many of them +feel too manly and noble to be longer slaves to priest or +Pope. Bereft of temporal power, they henceforth will have +to win and fight their way, as others, on the purity of their +doctrines and practice. In such a strife we can but wish +them, and all who love the Lord Jesus Christ, great success.</p> +<p>Thus in the short outline of these four kingdoms we see enough +to show us that God has kept His word. How marvellous are +His ways! how complete His work!</p> +<p>Let us now look at this stone kingdom. This fifth +kingdom is as much material and political as the other four, and +stands for a king, country, and people. It does not come +into existence until the image is perfect. For it is while +Nebuchadnezzar was looking at the image he saw the stone cut out +of the mountain—its growth was gradual. Its work was +to destroy this image and fill the world. As these kingdoms +became weaker and smaller, it would become stronger and +larger.</p> +<p>What king, country, and people respond to this kingdom? +The answer is as easy as to find the other, if we keep our minds +free from prejudice and open to truth.</p> +<p>First, this kingdom was of Divine origin. Second, it was +small at first. Third, the more it fights the more it +grows. Fourth, it breaks in pieces this image, beginning at +the feet. It is in fact the sworn enemy of all the four +kingdoms. Fifth, it is to fill the world and thus become a +universal kingdom and monarchy. In this latter sense it +will be a fit type of the kingdom of Christ.</p> +<p><!-- page 81--><a name="page81"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +81</span>Just such a kingdom as this did God repeatedly promise +to Abraham and his descendants. David’s throne and +seed royal are to be established before Him for ever. He +promised to David’s throne perpetuity, and that +David’s seed should always be on the throne—not in a +spiritual sense as some think—but naturally and actually in +this world.</p> +<p>God promised to Israel, as a people and a kingdom, such +pre-eminence in origin, power, and growth. The answer, +then, is simple and plain—England, as representing the Lost +Tribes of Israel, and Queen Victoria being a direct descendant +from David. For she came of James VI., of Scotland—he +from Bruce and Duncan, and Malcolm, and Kenneth, and Kenneth +through the kings of Argyleshire, Alpin, and Donald, and +Fergus. Then through the long line of Irish Kings from +Earca to Heremon, of Tara, and he married Tea Tephi, the daughter +of Zedekiah, who, through Jeremiah the prophet, had been hid from +the destroying vengeance of Nebuchadnezzar. He killed all +her brothers and kindred, and put out the eyes of Zedekiah and +took him a captive to Babylon, where he died.</p> +<p>Look also at the British nation, learned as they are, yet no +historian can tell who the English were originally. Sharon +Turner, the best and most trustworthy on the origin of the +Saxons, fails to solve the question. He traces them into +Central Asia, but there he stops. They here form part of +the Aryan race, speaking the Sanscrit language, from which came +the Greek and Latin. And from this place and people came +forth the Goths and their language, and also the Saxons and their +language came to view here. The German and Saxon both seem +to have come forth from the Aryan stock.</p> +<p>The very place the Saxons came from is the very place where +the Lost Tribes were carried captive to by the King of Assyria, +about 725 years before Christ, as we read in the second book of +Kings, seventeenth chapter. Take the very word Saxon. +This word comes from the Sanscrit: Saka Suna. Saka means +<!-- page 82--><a name="page82"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +82</span>era, epoch, or date, and Suna means void, without. +Hence the word Saxon means a people whose origin is +unknown—void of date. True, Nebuchadnezzar saw no +hands cutting the little stone out from the mountain. The +origin of the English nation is hid because God cast away His +people for a time—not for ever. It is this view of +the stone kingdom that corresponds to the prophets, to history, +especially to the English history.</p> +<p>The very island itself is insignificant, and no doubt was once +joined to the continent of Europe. The formation on both +sides of the English Channel—that is, on the French and +English coasts, are the same—namely, chalk. The ocean +in time past washed through a passage, and thus prepared a place +for exiled Israel to rest in, and renew their strength.</p> +<p>Why should this small island and a few and scattered people +become so powerful, so as to sweep the sea, and dictate on land, +constantly engaged in war, and though small, winning victory upon +victory, and like the stone, growing stronger and stronger, after +fighting the whole of Europe, giving liberties in religion that +oftentimes imperilled her safety at home, opening her ports to +all the world, and venturing to compete in trade with all +nations?</p> +<p>How came they to take India, a country of so vast an extent, +so powerful, rich, and chivalrous a country, at that time +composed of sixteen separate and powerful nations, speaking +thirty-six different languages, and numbering in population some +200,000,000?</p> +<p>With all her faults, still to her the world owes much. +She has stood for liberty in person and conscience. The +world has little to-day which ennobles men and nations but what +she has produced or aided in producing.</p> +<p>The right foot of the image stands for France, while the left +signifies Spain. On these two feet long stood Rome, as all +know. When these two feet were broken, then soon followed +<!-- page 83--><a name="page83"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +83</span>the downfall of Rome as an empire, and as they are +conquered for Jesus, so will the empire of Rome, as a Church, +fall.</p> +<p>In the year 1346 took place the battle of Cressey, led by +Edward III. Then the little stone fell on the right foot, +and since then it has fallen on that same foot victoriously 218 +times. On the left foot, Spain, thirty-five times. +All this time this stone has been growing. In 1665 the +English, under General Penn, took Jamaica, and every four years +since they have added a colony. Now that little stone bears +rule over fifty-five colonies, one empire, namely, India, and one +dominion, Canada. And yet, mighty as England was, she could +not subdue the American provinces, feeble and scattered colonists +as they were. Then they sought to fight against +Providence. Old Jacob blessed the sons of Joseph, Ephraim, +and Manasseh, and then predicted their destiny, saying of +Manasseh, “He also shall become a people, and he also shall +be great; but truly his younger brother shall be greater than he, +and his seed shall become a multitude of nations.” So +they are; and so Manasseh is a great people in the American +nation.</p> +<p>This stone cut out of the mountain has much to do and destroy; +it is still watching the head of gold. Israel and Babylon +are still face to face. Greece will first disappear, +although England is trying to revive it. Next, Persia will +go, then Babylon, or head of gold. Russia will have grown +to giant-like proportions, and will finally measure swords with +England. The stone will win. England will then move +her royal residence and throne to Jerusalem. Every country +and province may then be independent, like Canada, but federated +to the central government. Ireland will then be free, yes, +doubly free—free from Rome and free from England as a +State, but still federated to the central government. It is +thus this stone will fill the earth. America will federate, +the central government will be destroyed. State rights +increase. These are some of the things suggested and taught +by this vision.</p> +<h2><!-- page 84--><a name="page84"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +84</span>LITTLE HORN AND TURKEY.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> VIII.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">THE TURKS THE ISHMAELITES—ENGLAND AND +RUSSIA TO PARTITION THE MAHOMMEDAN EMPIRE—WHY ENGLAND +SYMPATHISES WITH TURKEY.</p> +<blockquote><p>“And out of one of them came forth a little +horn, which waxed exceeding great, toward the South, and toward +the East, and toward the pleasant land.”—Daniel viii. +9.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Nebuchadnezzar had a dream, in which he saw a great metallic +image of human form. The head of gold stood for Babylon; +the silver arms and breast for Persia; the brass belly and thighs +for Greece; the iron legs and feet of iron and clay for +Rome. To all this we find history has faithfully and +beautifully responded.</p> +<p>A few years after this we find that Daniel has a dream, which +is interpreted to him by an angel. From it we learn that +the ten toes symbolised ten kingdoms which were to arise out of +the Roman Empire.</p> +<p>In the chapter from which we take our text, we are introduced +into the secrets of a vision which Daniel had. The place of +the vision is on the banks of the River Ulai, in the province of +Elam, and in the gorgeous palace of Shushan—a place and +palace made famous and familiar to us by the doings of King +Ahasuerus and Queen Esther. In other words, the scene is +changed from the palace of Babylon to the palace of Persia.</p> +<p>In this vision, Pesia is typified by a ram, the two horns of +which represented Persia and Media, for they formed one Empire at +this time, under the powerful rule and reign of Cyrus, who, +coming from the East, pushed his conquests “Westward, and +Northward, and Southward.” “The two <!-- page +85--><a name="page85"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 85</span>horns +were high; but one was higher than the other, and the higher came +up last.” From history we know that Media conquered +Persia, and we know, also, that finally Persia gained ascendancy, +so that the higher came up last, and is even in existence to-day +as the small kingdom of Persia; but Media has long since +disappeared.</p> +<p>While the seer Daniel was considering, behold an he-goat came +from the West. This goat had a notable horn between his +eyes. Horn generally symbolises power; here it symbolises a +king of peculiar power, Daniel tells us. Goat-like, it +bounded over the earth rapidly, pushing and goring its +adversaries. Can any one at all acquainted with history +fail to see how fitly and grandly this description of the goat +forecasts the origin and progress of the Greek Empire?</p> +<p>Substitute Alexander the Great for the notable horn, and you +at once mate history and this vision. Surely God has not +left Himself without witnesses. “Then the magicians +said unto Pharaoh, This is the finger of God.” So we +may freely say unto the historians and students of history, +Truly, in these things we see the finger of God.</p> +<p>Could any historian describe more faithfully and accurately +the invasions, conquests, and victories of Alexander the Great, +especially his assault on the Persians? How marvellous and +simple the description by Daniel: “And he came to the ram +that had two horns (Persia), which I had seen standing before the +river, and ran unto him in the fury of his power; and I saw him +come close unto the ram, and he was moved with choler against +him, and smote the ram, and brake his two horns; and there was no +power in the ram to stand before him, but he cast him down to the +ground, and stamped upon him: and there was none that could +deliver the ram out of his hand.”</p> +<p>And with the same majestic simplicity we have the downfall of +Alexander and the division of his Empire described. +Listen! “Therefore the he-goat waxed very great; and +when he was <!-- page 86--><a name="page86"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 86</span>strong the great horn was broken; and +for it came up four notable ones toward the four winds of +heaven.”</p> +<p>To fully understand the sacred writer here, you must call to +mind a little of history, more and better, for all knowledge only +aids us the better and better to read the Bible.</p> +<p>What beast save the goat could characterise Alexander and his +reign? He was the son of Philip of Macedon, born 356 <span +class="smcap">b.c.</span>, and died in 323. He began his +reign at twenty years of age, and closed it in twelve years and +eight months. No man in the same time ever fought so many +battles, won so many victories, and subdued so many people. +No man, before or since, ever ruled over so many people and such +a kingdom. Queen Victoria is in these things his only +rival. But with his sudden death the fruits of his +victories are re-distributed. His Empire was divided into +four parts; the four Diadochi were his successors. What +lessons may men and nations learn by studying the prophecies!</p> +<p>“For prophecy came not in old time by the will of man; +but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy +Ghost;” and unto this sure word of prophecy we do well to +take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place. +“Knowing this first, that no prophecy of the Scripture is +of any private interpretation” (2 Peter i. 20). As +naturally as nature responds to the seasons, so will providence +to prophecy. We can discern Spring-time, Summer, Autumn, +and Winter. The garden will reveal to us Winter as distinct +from Summer, so in interpreting prophecy we must always look for +an agreement between providence and the world. As naturally +as the goat symbolises Alexander, so will providence in natural +history respond. Winter, with its winds, storms, and frost; +with its leafless trees and desolate gardens, proclaim, beyond a +doubt, which season of the four is bearing rule. Such a +thing cannot be of private interpretation; and prophecy, when +fulfilled, is as easy seen, and is not of private +interpretation. A man is as foolish <!-- page 87--><a +name="page87"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 87</span>in forging +prophecy as one would be in trying to forge Winter by putting +artificial leaves on trees, and flowers on bushes. The +thing is easily known if we exercise our reason. In this +line of thought we are sorry to note that men have more faith +than reason; hence the blunderings of prophetic writers, and the +leaders of Adventism and Millenarianism. Prophecy +unfulfilled commands and demands our faith—much more faith +than reason, for it is impossible to see how some things can come +to pass, but if they are subjects of prophecy they surely will, +whether we understand them or not. A prophecy fulfilled, +however, appeals more to reason than faith, for if fulfilled, it +can readily be demonstrated.</p> +<p>As naturally as the female and male birds know each other and +mate together, so will events and prophecy. This kind of +argument Isaiah uses: “Seek ye out the Book of the Lord and +read; no one of these shall fail, none shall want her mate, for +My mouth it hath commanded, and His Spirit it hath gathered +them” (Isa. xxxiv. 16). I charge you to beware of +prophetic dentists who put false teeth in the mouth of prophecy; +who by their haste and impatience forestall prophecy and weaken +men’s faith instead of strengthening it. Prophetic +evidence is very strong evidence, both for the Christian and the +infidel.</p> +<p>Some will fail to be convinced when prophecy is +fulfilled. Jew-like, they will blind their eyes and shut +their ears to the evidences and voice of fulfilled +prophecy. The entire career of our Lord Jesus Christ was +foretold and mapped out by the Old Testament writers. Moses +declared His family; Micah the place of His birth; Isaiah the +virginity of His mother; Zechariah His triumphant entry into +Jerusalem; David His life, resurrection, and ascension, with many +other kinds of evidence of a detailed and general character; yet +the Jews, who claimed to be well versed in the Old Testament, +rejected Christ. Keep these things in mind while we now +consider the text more directly.</p> +<p><!-- page 88--><a name="page88"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +88</span>You remember that out of the goat kingdom there came up +four notable ones, and out of one them came forth a little horn, +which waxed exceeding great toward the South, East, and pleasant +land, or land of Palestine. Now this horn is not to be +confounded with the little horn of the fourth kingdom spoken of +in chapter vii., for that horn might justly be called the +eleventh toe horn, as it comes into existence after the ten-toe +kingdoms. The little horn of the text is explained in verse +23 to be a king of fierce countenance. He was to appear in +the latter time. It will be interesting for us to ascertain +what king, people, and country this little horn stands for. +Daniel has given us a very vivid picture of the king. He is +to be of fierce countenance, to understand dark sentences, to +stand up in power and might, not however in his own power; he +will claim to be appointed and authorised of God, and will +pretend to rule in God’s name; he will destroy wonderfully +even the mighty of the world and the holy people; he will be very +prosperous and practical, giving a great impetus to trade. +By means of his prosperity he will become proud and strong, and +will destroy many. He will actually stand up in place of +Jesus—Prince of princes. But finally he will be +broken without a hand. Thus, you see, Daniel gives us +twelve special features of his person and reign. Without +doubt the mate of these descriptions will be found on the person +of Mahommed, and his successors in religion Mahommedanism, and in +people and country the Turks and Turkey.</p> +<p>Mahommed had his religion and himself recognised about the +year 622 at Mecca. From that time and place he went forth +to waste and to destroy. As his religion prevailed, so he +subdued the country or territory. He united in himself the +rights and prerogatives of king, priest, and prophet, making it +obligatory upon his followers to prepare a way and enforce his +religion by the sword. He was indeed a king of fierce +countenance. Thus sprang Mahommedanism and the Turkish +nation <!-- page 89--><a name="page89"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 89</span>into existence. As a people, +they are chiefly the descendants of Esau and Ishmael. If +one desires to know the history and final destiny of this people, +let him study the prophetic utterances concerning Esau and +Ishmael. They are the descendants of Abraham, and so they +very naturally fall into the prophetic line.</p> +<p>The Hungarians came from this family through Lot. The +Poles and Magyars are from Moab and Ammon. These things +being so, it is no wonder the Hungarians and Turks should +sympathise, nor that England should have a liking for Turks, +England being the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel. Alliance and +sympathy between England and Turkey has a deeper root and meaning +than some are willing to admit. Turkey, however, as a +distinct empire, is nearly at an end. The recognition of +the Ten Lost Tribes, and their restoration with the Jews to +Palestine, is connected with the downfall of Turkey. +“Saviours are to come up on Mount Zion to judge the Mount +of Esau, and the kingdom shall be the Lord’s” +(Obad.).</p> +<p>How clearly speaks Obadiah again when he says, “How are +the things of Esau searched out! how are his hidden things sought +up! All the men of thy confederacy have brought thee even +to the border; the men that were at peace with thee have deceived +thee, and prevailed against thee; they that eat thy bread have +laid a wound under thee; there is none understanding in +him. Shall I not in that day, saith the Lord, even destroy +the wise men out of Edom, and understanding out of the Mount of +Esau?”</p> +<p>These are the latter times of the king of fierce +countenance. Hear Daniel inquiring of the angel in this +vision, “How long shall be the vision concerning the daily +sacrifice and the transgression of desolation, to give both the +sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot? And he +said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred +days.” These days are generally allowed to stand for +years. If so, Jerusalem was destroyed <!-- page 90--><a +name="page90"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 90</span>70 <span +class="smcap">a.d.</span> The time Daniel saw this vision +was about 490 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span>; take 70 from this +leaves 420. From 2,300 take 420, and we have 1,880. +“Then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.” What +means this? It means Jerusalem will recur back again into +the hands of the Jews and Israel. Christ said that the Jews +“should fall by the edge of the sword, and be led away +captive into all nations; and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of +the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled” +(Luke xxi. 24).</p> +<p>Now we know the Jews did fall by the sword when the Romans +took Jerusalem. Second, we know they were scattered among +the nations. Third, Jerusalem has been trodden under +foot—so much so, that Christians have not been permitted to +stand on Mount Zion, where now stands the Mosque of Omar. +And this is the city of the great King. This is Mount Zion, +from which is yet to go forth the law. This is Jerusalem +that God promises to yet again make the chief place of the +earth. “Arise, shine, for the light is come, and the +glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.” When, we ask, +will the fulness of the Gentiles come in? We answer, +Soon. Think of what God has taught us in His Word. +We, as the Lost Tribes, have indeed been ignorant of our origin +and destiny. “For I would not, brethren, that ye +should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in +your own conceits, that blindness in part is happened to Israel, +until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in” (Rom. xi. +25). This time is nicely pointed out by John in Rev. xi. 2: +“But the court which is without the temple leave out, and +measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles, and the holy +city shall they tread under foot forty and two months;” or, +as explained in the following verse, a thousand two hundred and +three-score days. Accepting a day for a year again, and we +have 1,260 years. Taking Mahommed power to date from 622, +or about, then 622 and 1,260 make 1,882. Now just as sure +as Jerusalem is now trodden under foot, as certainly will it be +free.</p> +<p><!-- page 91--><a name="page91"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +91</span>“Awake, awake; put on thy strength, O Zion; put on +thy beautiful garments, O Jerusalem, the holy city; for +henceforth there shall no more come into thee the uncircumcised +and the unclean. Shake thyself from the dust; arise and sit +down, O Jerusalem; loose thyself from the bands of thy neck, O +captive daughter of Zion” (Isa. lii. 1, 2).</p> +<p>England is appointed of God to take possession of Palestine +and restore Jerusalem. God has told us through Isaiah that +He will lay vengeance upon Edom by the hand of Israel. The +many days of the vision of Daniel are now gone; the time is +nearly up.</p> +<p>“For Zion’s sake will I not hold My peace, and for +Jerusalem’s sake I will not rest, until the righteousness +thereof go forth as brightness, and the salvation thereof as a +lamp that burneth; and the Gentiles shall see thy righteousness, +and all kings thy glory.” It is the duty of the +watchmen of Zion to discern the signs of the times and become +obedient unto heavenly instruction. “Ye that make +mention of the Lord, keep not silence, and give Him no rest till +He establish, and till He make Jerusalem a praise in the +earth” (Isa. lxii. 1, 2, 6, 7).</p> +<h2><!-- page 92--><a name="page92"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +92</span>LITTLE HORN AND ANTI-CHRIST.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> IX.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">PROPHETIC WONDERS—TWENTY MARKS OF THE +MONSTER—THE BERLIN CONGRESS—ANTI-CHRISTS +MANY—MISTAKES BY WRITERS.</p> +<blockquote><p>“I considered the horns, and behold! there +came up among them another little horn, before whom there were +three of the first horns plucked up by the roots; and behold! in +this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking +great things.”—Daniel vii. 8.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>In the visions and dream recorded by Daniel in this chapter we +have the same subject matter as that contained in the dream of +Nebuchadnezzar of the metallic image. In this the subject +is carried further into the future, bringing to view some new +items of interest, under different symbols and more of +detail. The four kingdoms of the metallic image are in this +dream presented by the symbolism of four beasts. Babylon by +a lion which had eagle’s wings, setting forth the strength +and swiftness of the same. Persia by a bear raised up on +one side. Persia at this time was composed of Media as +well, but the one-sided position of the bear denotes the dying +out of Media and the continuance of Persia. The same idea +is conveyed in the eighth chapter and third verse: “The ram +had two horns, and one was higher than the other, and the higher +came up last.” Media was a kingdom before Persia, but +Persia was to survive Media; all this history confirms. +After the Medo-Persian Empire declined, Persia surviving, held on +to Babylon, Lydia, and Egypt—that is, when the bear was +raised up on one side, it held in its mouth three ribs, and was +strong for a time.</p> +<p>The Macedonian Empire Daniel saw under the type of a leopard, +which had on its back four wings of a fowl; the beast also had +four heads. Babylon was represented by two wings, <!-- page +93--><a name="page93"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 93</span>but +it is very fitting that Alexander and his empire should have four +wings, for no conqueror ever flew so fast over the earth as this +same monarch. In the metallic image he is represented by +brass, in this by a leopard, and in the one we noticed in +Discourse VII., by the goat. How wonderfully appropriate +are these symbolisms. The four heads of this leopard stand +for the four kingdoms into which the Macedonian Empire was +divided on the death of Alexander—namely, first, Egypt +under Ptolemy; second, Syria under Antigonus; third, Asia Minor +under Lysimachus; fourth, Greece under Cassandar. These +four kings were the four leading generals of Alexander.</p> +<p>The fourth beast of this vision is a nondescript; for among +all the animal creation there could not be found one that could +suitably represent Rome. But one was made for the purpose, +combining in itself all that is fierce and terrible. +“And behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and +strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth; it devoured and +brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it; and +it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it +had ten horns.” Its teeth were of iron and its claws +of brass. What a monster! The other beasts faithfully +represented their respective kingdoms, and so did this. +What a record! What a counterpart we have in history of +this beast! “Tell it not in Gath, publish it not in +the streets of Askelon,” lest the Pagan rejoice, and the +heathen mock at us, and the infidel triumph over us. Blot +out from Time’s record the 24th of August, 1572. Let +not our children learn the name of St. Bartholomew, for fear they +should despise Christianity. Quench the flames of +Smithfield, destroy the Inquisition, and divorce Christianity +from such a kingdom, from such a beast. Thank heaven! the +beast is dying; its teeth are worn to the very gum by the +gnawings of centuries; its claws are not now sharp, so it cannot +now crush the innocent, as in days gone by, nor tear with its +brass claw the weak. Though the beast is growing old and +weaker, yet let us remember <!-- page 94--><a +name="page94"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 94</span>that its +death struggle is yet to come. The beast has been wounded, +but this shall only serve to intensify its rage. To be +forewarned is to be forearmed, if we are wise.</p> +<p>This beast, Daniel tells us, had ten horns, and these horns +are ten kings—that is, kingdoms—that shall +arise. Just here we may reasonably ask whether these ten +kingdoms are yet in existence, and the answer is, No. Some +of them may be; of course they are in existence, as was General +Grant before the war, but not yet distinct or assigned their +special work and place. The time, however, for them all to +appear is near at hand. Of this we may rest satisfied, when +once they are all in existence we will have no difficulty in +knowing them. Prophecy unfulfilled is always more difficult +to interpret than when it is fulfilling or fulfilled. We +have no doubt but some of these horns are in existence, and from +what we can glean from prophecy and history, some are not yet in +their proper place.</p> +<p>The special province of prophecy is to prepare us for what is +coming. Searching into prophecy enables us to forecast the +future with tolerable certainty, just as the scientists can +tolerably forecast the weather by studying the laws, forces, and +inclinations of nature. So the Christian student, by +studying prophecy, Providence, and history, and comparing them, +can know much of what is coining. On the Divine side all +prophecy is certain, but on the human it can only be +approximated. Prophecy furnishes the strongest kind of +evidence in favour of the existence of God—inspiration of +the Scriptures and Providence. The Lord Himself calls our +attention to this kind of evidence frequently in the Bible. +“Produce your cause, saith the Lord; bring forth your +strong reasons, said the King of Jacob. Let them bring them +forth and show us what shall happen; let them show the former +things what they be, that we may consider them, and know the +latter end of them; or declare us things for to come” (Isa. +xli. 21, 22).</p> +<p>Prophecy does not interfere with the coming to pass of an <!-- +page 95--><a name="page95"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +95</span>event, or suppress man’s freedom no more than the +man at Washington, who gives us the weather probabilities, makes +the weather or regulates nature. Even when men know the +sequence of a thing they oftentimes persist in doing it. +The soldiers who wrangled at the cross about the dividing of the +garments of the crucified One, thought little and cared less for +prophecy; but when they came to the Saviour’s vest, they +fell into the line of prophecy, for at once they cast lots for +that, all of which had been fore-written for hundreds of +years. Run and tell that young man that the place he is +entering is the way of death. Tell him that the air is +foul, that the furniture and painted humanity are all gotten up +to deceive. Tell him that in a few years he will repent +ever having seen such a place. And what is your +reward? It is that you are laughed at and esteemed as one +that interferes, and told to mind your own business. The +young man is free and self-confident. Look in a few years +for that same young man and you shall find him a terrible example +of fulfilled prophecy. Diseased, worn, weak, and weary, he +cries in the anguish of soul for his folly. “And thou +mourn at the last, when thy flesh and thy body are consumed, and +say, How have I hated instruction, and my heart despised +reproof?” (Prov. v. 11, 12).</p> +<p>The famous European Congress which met in Berlin, we foresaw +would meet, near three years ago, and told you the conditions +under which it would be called. In the dark days of the +past did we not repeat to you our faith, as fostered from +prophecy, that England could not go to war? Many of you, +and persons in different parts of the country, advised me by +letter when the telegraph despatches came crowding and +threatening, that I had so said. The intention was to break +my faith, or at least to remind me that I had not spoken +correctly. What now? who is right? This Congress +completed a prophetic period. After it was over new scenery +appeared and a new act came upon the stage. But more of +this by-and-bye.</p> +<p><!-- page 96--><a name="page96"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +96</span>Among the results of this Congress will be an +enlargement of England’s power over Turkey and Egypt. +For England must possess Constantinople, because to Israel it is +promised that he shall possess the gates of his enemies, and this +is one of the finest gates in the world. Palestine will +come into the hands of England, and be opened up for the return +of the Jews, who, when the time comes will go in multitudes, and +the Lost Tribes representatively. “I will take you +one of a city, and two of a family, and I will bring you to +Zion” (Jer. iii. 14). In a few years men will +understand why, in this country, as well as in England, people +are hunting up their genealogy, and by tradition, history, and +heraldry, trying to ascertain of what family they are. The +re-settlement of Palestine by God’s chosen people, the Lost +Tribes, no one can deny who reads and believes the Bible. +Hanging upon the fulfilment of this great fact are many other +prophecies and events, which are of great interest to the Church +and the world.</p> +<p>1st. The ten-toed kingdom must be formed. These +kings are to form an alliance with the beast, or Church of Rome, +as representative of this beast. “And the ten horns +which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom +as yet, but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. +These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto +the beast” (Rev. xvii. 12). Thus strengthened, the +beast will make war with the saints, or chosen, but it will be +her final struggle, for in struggling she will die. These +ten kings will forsake her.</p> +<p>2nd. Anti-Christ has to appear after the settlement of +Palestine. Anti-Christ is represented by the other little +horn spoken of in the text. This little horn is to come +forth from one of the ten horns. He, too, will ally with +the beast. The subject of Anti-Christ is a very interesting +one; on it men have written and speculated much and wildly. +In studying a subject of this kind, we should first ascertain the +Scripture teachings on <!-- page 97--><a name="page97"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 97</span>it, then look for the preparative +signs in the Church and world, and finally, for the counterpart, +which, once in existence, no one can fail to recognise. The +time, person, and work of Anti-Christ have been very clearly set +forth in the Old and New Testaments, especially by Isaiah, in the +fourteenth chapter and twelfth to sixteenth verses; by Daniel in +the seventh and eleventh chapters, under the symbolism of this +little horn; by Paul in second Thessalonians, second chapter and +first to twelfth verses; also by John in Revelation, thirteenth +chapter and nineteenth chapter and twentieth verse, besides many +other references.</p> +<p>Of Anti-Christ the early Christian fathers had different +views. 1st. Some thought that he would be Satan assuming +the appearance of a man. 2nd. Some thought he would be a +hybrid, the offspring of Satan by a harlot; of this opinion were +Lactantius and Sulspitius. 3rd. Hilary, Jerome, and others +thought he would be Satan incarnated. 4th. Chrysostom, +Theopolact, and Theodoret thought he would be a real man under +the influence of the devil. This latter view we accept as +being the nearest to the Scripture teaching. In the +Scriptures he goes by the names of Lucifer, man of sin, son of +perdition, and that wicked one. Now all these names are +indicative of some special feature of his character. Man of +sin points out the intensity of the person in wickedness. +As some time ago a man was called “the wickedest man in New +York,” so Anti-Christ will be called the man of sin, having +been the greatest sinner of human kind.</p> +<p>From the Scriptures we find that he will be characterised by +some twenty peculiarities. These we will just enumerate: a +cunning seducer, a vile imposter, a bold blasphemer, a great +tyrant, a wonderful organiser and diplomatist; hence he will +readily make alliances with other kings and strengthen himself; a +pretentious and hypocritical Communist, dividing his lands, +money, and treasure among the people; he will be very ambitious +and aspiring, doing or being anything so he may gain his point; +<!-- page 98--><a name="page98"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +98</span>he will be very self-willed; he will be very boastful, +speaking great words; he will be very cruel, not heeding the plea +of woman; he will be very sacrilegious, sitting in the temple of +God—that is, the new temple, built by the returned +Jews—and actually claim to be God; he will be a scientific +spiritualist, able to work miracles, even to bring fire down from +the clouds; he will be very powerful by his alliance, apparent +generosity, and scientific deception; he will be a great liar, +making treaties and breaking them whenever it suits him; he will +be very wicked, guilty of all manner of crime; his reign will be +short as a king, only about three-and-a-half years. Before +this he will have been a man of power and position. He will +suddenly be destroyed in the time of a fearful uprising of the +people; he will remain unburied in the streets of Jerusalem for a +time, then, finally, his remains will be burnt up. These +and many other facts inspiration furnish us beforehand of this +most wonderful character.</p> +<p>Against this person our Saviour warned the Jews and all the +Church, but especially the Jews, and He did so for special +reasons, which will appear hereafter in this discourse. +Christ said, “I am come in My Father’s name, and ye +receive Me not; if another shall come in his own name, him ye +shall receive.” At the time of Anti-Christ’s +death there will be raging a fearful war, and coincident with +this war there will be another Saint Bartholomew massacre in +several of the ten-toed kingdoms. The beast and Anti-Christ +are to be destroyed about the same time. It will be the +last plot of the Jesuits, who are hounding to death poor Leo. +XIII. A glimpse of that time the Saviour showed to His +disciples, when He said: “For then shall be great +tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world, to +this time, no, nor ever shall be; and except those days should be +shortened, there should no flesh be saved; but for the +elect’s sake those days shall be shortened. Then, if +any man shall say unto you, Lo! here is Christ, or there, believe +it <!-- page 99--><a name="page99"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +99</span>not; for there shall arise false Christs, and false +prophets, and shall show great signs and wonders, insomuch that, +if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect. +Behold! I have told you before” (Matt. xxiv. +21–25).</p> +<p>What a warning the Saviour gave the Jews, but how little have +they and the Church heeded it! In the second century +appeared the famous Bar Cochebas, with his thousands of +followers, who in his final struggle was slain with some sixty +thousand of his adherents. Also, think of Antiochus +Epiphanes and his terrible delusions, the thousands and tens of +thousands who flocked to his standard. So marvellous was +this delusion, that many have actually made him out to be +Anti-Christ, but those who thus reason take the shadow for the +substance, and do violence to all true Scripture exegesis. +Antiochus Epiphanes could not be Anti-Christ, for he was out of +time, and meets but few of the special conditions of +Anti-Christ. History records the appearance of not less +than twenty-five Anti-Christs, or persons who have claimed to be +the Messiah of the Jews. How unbelief exposes a man or a +people!</p> +<p>Some have laboured to make it appear that Mahommed was +Anti-Christ, but with all his badness, he is not bad enough to be +Anti-Christ. He reviled not God, he never sat in His +temple, he did not die in Jerusalem. He had an honourable +burial.</p> +<p>Some have tried to prove that Romanism and the Pope were +Anti-Christ, but this cannot be, you will see at a glance. +The beast has its own character; that was long ago written out by +the prophets, and up to the present time it has filled in the +outlines with a marvellous minuteness. In these things many +good and wise men have erred in making prophecies fit certain +persons, and nations, and times, instead of waiting for these +things to fit on to prophecy. Let us not be prophetic +forgers. Let no one deceive you in these matters. +Adventism, Millerism, Shakerism, Spiritualism, are untimely +excesses. As systems they are, as yet, out of place. +This subject of Anti-Christ, <!-- page 100--><a +name="page100"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 100</span>as to who +he will be, and when he will appear, I shall be obliged to leave +for next Sunday evening, as my time is up. May the good +Lord guide us into the ways of truth and peace.</p> +<h2>ANTI-CHRIST AND LITTLE HORN.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> X.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">SECOND DISCOURSE OF THE MONSTER—WHO HE +WILL BE AND HIS NAME—HOW HE WILL OBTAIN POWER—TROUBLE +FOR GERMANY, FRANCE, AND +RUSSIA—COMMUNISM—ROMANISM—SHAKERS—MATTHIAS, +WEST—CHESTER PROPHET.</p> +<blockquote><p>“Let no man deceive you by any means; for +that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, +and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; who +opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or +that is worshipped, so that he, as God, sitteth in the temple of +God, showing himself that he is God.”—2 Thess. ii. 3, +4.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>We may reasonably ask why Paul gave the Thessalonians this +caution, and the answer will appear at once if we read his first +epistle to this people. There you will find Paul writing to +them about the second coming of Christ, which writing the +Thessalonians had evidently misunderstood, and this +misunderstanding was working mischief among them. They had +false hopes and expectations. Their faith, instead of +exciting them to holy activity in Church and State, had begun to +paralyse all their efforts. “For this we say unto you +by the word of the Lord, that <i>we</i> which are alive and +remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which +are asleep; for the <!-- page 101--><a name="page101"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 101</span>Lord Himself shall descend from +heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel and with the +trump of God; and the dead in Christ shall rise first (that is, +before Christ descends); then <i>we</i> which are alive and +remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to +meet the Lord in the air; and so shall <i>we</i> ever be with the +Lord” (1 Thess. iv. 15–17). It was the frequent +use of the pronoun “we” that had confused +them—<i>we</i> who remain, <i>we</i> who are alive. +The Thessalonians had inferred from this that the second coming +of Christ would take place in their day. Hence, to correct +this impression Paul thus writes in his second epistle. The +two verses preceding the text show us Paul’s intent. +“Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord +Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto Him, that ye be +not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor +by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is +at hand.” Then comes in the text, “Let no man +deceive you,” &c.</p> +<p>In reasoning on such important subjects as Anti-Christ, +resurrection, and second coming of Christ, we should always be +mindful of the Scriptural order. When we sit down to take +dinner, we follow the order that custom has prescribed, soup, +fish, meats, and dessert. Children, however, if let alone, +would reverse this order by beginning with the dessert +first. So with many Christians, they reverse the order of +things as laid down in the Bible. They make Christ to come +before Anti-Christ, and Anti-Christ to come before the Jews and +Ten Lost Tribes are gathered together again and settled after +their first estate in Palestine. The Millerites could +neither have deceived themselves nor others had they taken +knowledge of the relation of things. The Jews and Lost +Tribes had not been gathered together then, the temple had not +been built in Jerusalem, as described in the last chapter of +Ezekiel, neither had Anti-Christ appeared. But such was the +folly of men then, and not less now than then. Four-fifths +of the prophecies of the Bible refer <!-- page 102--><a +name="page102"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 102</span>to the +history of Judah and Israel in their own land, their captivity +and return in the latter day. Still men take one-fifth and +confuse themselves and everybody else. They have brought +the prophets and prophecy into bad repute by ignorantly or +wilfully interpreting the same.</p> +<p>We freely avow now that the prophecy fulfilling at present is +the finding of the Lost Ten Tribes, then their union with the +Jews, then their restoration to Palestine, then after being +settled there for some time, the Jews, as Jews, having built +their new temple, and having established the Mosaic temple +service again, and the Lost Tribes as Christians, then and there +we may look for Anti-Christ—not before. Not for the +sake of boasting, and yet without fear, we freely invite +ministers or laymen anywhere to disprove these facts, and to such +we will respond cheerfully if asked for farther proof. The +Lost Tribes, we believe, are come to light, and may be found in +the Saxon race chiefly as represented in this country and Great +Britain. If this be so, then we may look for the +preparatory signs in Providence and nations, and thank Heaven, +these are at hand and in accord with the Divine Word.</p> +<p>In Nebuchadnezzar’s metallic image we saw Rome +symbolised by the legs, composed of iron and clay. We saw, +also, that the little stone cut out of the mountain began its +destructive assault on the image, by striking the feet; these it +would first break, so Rome politically has disappeared. The +ten toes, however, symbolised ten kings or kingdoms that were to +arise in the latter day, or at the time of the end. These +ten kingdoms are also symbolised in Daniel’s dream by ten +horns that came out of the head of the nondescript animal that +stood for Rome. It is out of one of these ten horns that +another little horn grows, having eyes like a man and a mouth +speaking great things—that is, Anti-Christ. It is at +once plain, then, that ere Anti-Christ can appear, these ten +kingdoms must be formed. How, when, and where will these +ten kingdoms be formed? <!-- page 103--><a +name="page103"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 103</span>The clay +part of Rome is still alive, and is designated by Daniel, and by +John in Revelation, under the name of beast; and here you need to +be careful, for the word beast is sometimes given to Anti-Christ, +so as not to confound it with the word beast when it stands for +the Romish Church. They will be formed out of Spain, Italy, +France, and part of Austria. Edom, Moab, and the sons of +Ammon in Austria, are to be free—that is, the Poles, +Magyars, and Hungarians. The setting up of these ten +kingdoms will begin in France by a revolution.</p> +<p>By the doctrine of infallibility, these countries are claimed +by Rome, and wedded to her, and this doctrine of infallibility +makes a divorce impossible. Rome waits only her time to +reclaim her supposed own. And this doctrine of +infallibility will make it a holy war, hence good and true +Catholics everywhere will be obliged to sustain the same by their +money, or presence, or prayers. This, to many of our +Catholic friends, will sound strange. But this they know, +if such an emergency ever does arise—they cannot well fight +against the infallible Church—between commands and duties, +they will readily prefer the Pope and Church to king and +country.</p> +<p>The Jesuits are now, and have long been, preparing for such an +event: they expect it. By their plottings and intrigues +they will again, as many times before, involve the Church in +war. They are busy sowing the seeds of discord. In +past time both the Church itself and nations have banished these +crafty fellows from their pale and country. The United +States alone, of the nations of the earth, is the only one that +has not so done. But even among us they are plotting and +manœuvring to such an extent that it will not be long +before America will be tested and tried on this same subject.</p> +<p>Among the preparatory signs of the coming of Anti-Christ we +have Communism, which is destined to spread. In Europe it +will unsettle every throne but one—that is, Israel, +England. We fear that neither the Church nor State +comprehend the <!-- page 104--><a name="page104"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 104</span>terrible power that is thus quietly +organising in this and other lands. It is this uprising of +the Communists and intriguing of the Jesuits in our own land, +that will call General Grant once more to the front, as we +pointed out to you months ago. The recent European Congress +resulted in patching up a temporary peace between Russia, +England, and Turkey. A place will be provided for the Duke +of Edinburgh, who, having married the Czar’s daughter, will +enable the two Powers to agree. He may not be the first +prince, still he and his seed are to find a kingdom in that +place. Russia will be willing for England to have +Constantinople, and exercise a provisional protectorate over +Turkey, with a view of strengthening his daughter’s +chances. England will thus come peaceably in possession of +Palestine.</p> +<p>Germany, being tied to both the Russian and English thrones by +blood and marriage, will also freely consent. Besides, +Germany is going to pass through a severe trial. The old +Emperor will soon die, and also Bismarck, then a new prince will +advise the new king, new counsel, and new blood, near and on the +throne. Germany will become a prey to internal strife, +fanned by the discontented Catholics of the Empire, that number +some 15,000,000, and weakened by the Communistic elements. +Not much longer can Germany bear the strain of her immense army +and enormous taxes in consequence.</p> +<p>Russia also will have all she can do to stay the desire for +reform, and the claims of the Nihilists or Communists. Thus +will Providence prepare His people’s way back to +Palestine.</p> +<p>If God promises once He does so fifty times, that He will +restore Israel and Judah to their own land. To this one +thing all Providence is concentrating, and this is the key that +unseals prophecy and Providence. “And I will cause +the captivity of Judah and the captivity of Israel to return, and +will build them as at the first” (Jer. xxxiii. 7). +They will form a free province, electing their own rulers and +governors. They will be quite <!-- page 105--><a +name="page105"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 105</span>democratic, +doing away with all titles, being the children of the Lord. +“And the nobles shall be of themselves, and their governor +shall proceed from the midst of them” (Jer. xxx. 21); or, +as stated by Isaiah, chap, i, verse 26, “And I will restore +thy judges as at the first, and thy counsellors as at the +beginning; afterward thou shalt be called, The city of +righteousness, the faithful city.” Thus they will be +a free province, managing their own affairs under the patronage +and protection of England. Now it is this freedom that will +open the door and prepare the way for Anti-Christ. He will +be elected governor because of his supposed superiority in +manners, science, and benevolence. He will appear as a lamb +at first, according to John, but once in power his true character +will appear. He will be a great scientist, and in the eyes +and faith of the multitude He will be able to work +miracles—to bring, scientifically, fire down from +heaven. So clever will he be that he will deceive some of +the very elect.</p> +<p>Before his election he will have been a man of great power and +influence. Once in power he will contrive to centre all +power and interests in himself. He will pander to the +Communists—to the Romish Church—to the scientific +infidels of the day. In this feature he will draw heavily +upon the Germans, and create quite a sympathy in England and this +country. “For some of them of understanding shall +fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white even to +the time of the end” (Dan. xi. 35).</p> +<p>The Scriptures having pointed out the special features of his +character, we see that many of these features are already in the +world. This is Anti-Christ. This is the spirit of +Anti-Christ. And when God withdraws His restraining power, +Anti-Christ will embody all these forces and characteristics in +himself. And all men having these features, will sympathise +with him, and aid him. God alone is now keeping back and +down this spirit of Anti-Christ until His own chosen time. +“And now <!-- page 106--><a name="page106"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 106</span>ye know what withholdeth, that he +might be revealed in his time; for the mystery of iniquity doth +already work, only he who now letteth will let until he be taken +out of the way (that is, till God withdraws Himself), and then +shall that wicked be revealed.”</p> +<p>Anti-Christ means one opposed to Christ. Also it means +one opposed to Christ, and yet desires to be Christ—who +wishes to be received as Christ. And when the time comes, +he will be received by many. The Jews will be looking for, +and expecting the coming of, their Messiah, hence many of these +will be deceived. Many radical Adventists and Millenarians +will accept him, because they are in haste in their expectations: +many of these will follow him. Indeed, the whole world +seems ripe to furnish him a quota. But who will he +be? Answer: He will be a French Jew, who will intermarry +into the Bonaparte family. His title will be Napoleon I. of +Palestine. This word Napoleon, resolved into Greek +equivalents, is equal to Apollyon, and as a number stands for +666. “Here is wisdom. Let him that hath +understanding count the number of the beast, for it is the number +of a man; and his number is six hundred threescore and six” +(Rev. viii. 18).</p> +<p>Christ, when warning the Jews of Anti-Christ, said, “I +am come in My Father’s name, and ye receive Me not; if +another shall come in his own name, him ye will +receive.” Here, and in other discourses, we have to +content ourselves at many points with mere statements, for to +defend every point would take too long a time, and would not suit +our purpose. It is our desire in all these discourses to +incite you to study, to teach you to examine for yourselves; to +prepare you against being unduly led away by Adventism, +Communism, or Infidelity; to give you an interest in Providence +and history. Do you ask if any will be led away by such a +false pretender? We answer, Yes—unless humanity +undergoes some radical change. Take a few +instances:—</p> +<p><!-- page 107--><a name="page107"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +107</span>Our Shaker friends believed in Mother Ann Lee. +This woman in 1770, while living in Manchester, England, +pretended to have a special revelation from Heaven, making known +unto her that she was the female side of Christ—as Jesus +was the revelation of the male side. As Eve was taken out +of Adam, the female principle separated from the male, so she was +separated from Christ. This, and much that is curious, do +these sincere, honest, and industrious people believe.</p> +<p>Take another example, nearer home, and of which some of you +are cognizant, having known the pretender and many of his duped +followers. We refer to Matthias, the prophet of Westchester +County. This pretended lord began his labours in Albany, +N.Y., in 1830. First he taught himself to be God’s +high priest, then the Saviour, then he claimed to be God. +On being asked where he was from, he would answer: “I am a +traveller, and my legal residence is Zion Hill, Westchester +County, New York State. I am a Jewish teacher and priest of +the Most High God, saying and doing all that I do, under oath, by +virtue of my having subscribed to all the covenants that God hath +made with man from the beginning up to this time. I am +chief high priest of the Jews of the Order of Melchizedec, being +the last chosen of the twelve apostles, and the first in the +resurrection which is at the end of 2,300 years from the birth of +Mahommed, which terminates in 1830. I am now denouncing +judgment on the Gentiles, and that judgment is to be executed in +this age.”</p> +<p>He appeared in fine pontifical robes, with a rule six feet +long in his right hand; with this he was to measure off +God’s holy city. In his left hand he had a two-edged +sword. Underneath his pontifical robe he had a rich olive +broadcloth cloak, lined and faced with silk and velvet; besides, +he wore a brown frock coat, with several stars on each breast, +with a splendid gold star on the left. His belt was of +white cloth, fastened by a golden clasp, and surmounted with an +eagle. He wore a cocked <!-- page 108--><a +name="page108"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 108</span>hat of +black beaver, trimmed with green, the rear angle being surmounted +by the golden symbol of glory.</p> +<p>He moved from Albany to New York, and here succeeded most +wonderfully, winning over some of the finest families of Fifth +Avenue, and the richest and best merchants of this city. +His followers furnished him with plenty of money, carriages, a +mansion in the city, and one in the country. Finally he was +accused and detected of the worst crimes, and at last was sent to +Sing Sing. While in jail he issued the following +proclamation: “As I live, there shall be no more sowing in +the earth until I, the twelfth and last of the apostles, am +delivered out of the house of bondage.” For fear of +this proclamation many of the farmers refused to sow, and they +set to work to deliver him, and succeeded. He left the +jail, and may be living yet to read what we now state to you.</p> +<p>It is really wonderful how easily men are deceived in +religious matters. Let us study the Word, ask God’s +guidance in knowing and doing His will. Time is gone. +I have said but little, much more might be said. In my next +discourse I will introduce you to two old men who will visit +Anti-Christ.</p> +<h2><!-- page 109--><a name="page109"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 109</span>THE TWO WITNESSES.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XI.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">TROUBLOUS TIMES—APPEARANCE OF THE +WITNESSES—WHO ARE THEY?—HOW THEY CAN BE +IDENTIFIED—THEIR MISSION, WORK, AND SUFFERING—THE +TIME AND CIRCUMSTANCES OF CHRIST’S COMING.</p> +<blockquote><p>“And I will give power unto My two +witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and +three-score days, clothed in sackcloth.”—Rev. ii. +3.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>We will all agree that the person and work of Anti-Christ are +yet in the future. For while Anti-Christ is ruling in +Jerusalem, and battling with the saints of the Most High, having +conquered and plucked up by the roots three of the ten-horned +kingdoms by his victories and cunning craft, and his alliance +with the beast or the Church of Rome, he will become proud, +blasphemous, and arrogant, and will at once try to force the +people to worship the beast. He will claim to be the +promised Jewish Messiah. He will enter the new Jewish +Temple and actually sit enthroned as God incarnated, commanding +the people to worship him. He will be so received by the +Jews, some of the Israelites and the Romish Church, by the +Communists and scientific infidels, and by “such as do +wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by +flatteries,” men of understanding shall fall; indeed, +Christianity will seem to be about destroyed.</p> +<p>Russia will aid by her influence his pretensions with a secret +purpose to take the spoils and gain her long-desired object, +Jerusalem and Palestine. England will stand aloof for a +time, waiting an opportunity to interfere. Then will be a +time to try men’s faith—to test the Church. +England and America will stand alone as representing freedom and +religious liberty. “And then shall many be offended +and shall betray one another, <!-- page 110--><a +name="page110"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 110</span>and shall +hate one another. And many false prophets shall arise and +deceive many; and because iniquity shall abound, the love of many +shall wax cold; but he that shall endure unto the end shall be +saved.” This is the time when Communism, infidelity, +and Romish Jesuitism will combine against God and liberty, and, +thank heaven, this is the time appointed when they all will be +destroyed. Then the kingdoms of this world will be given to +the saints of the Most High. The struggle will be fierce, +long, and terrible, but victory will be on the Lord’s +side.</p> +<p>In the very midst of these awful times there will appear two +famous persons as witnesses for Jesus: one who will specially +appear to the Jews, the other to Israel, and both testify for God +and Jesus. These two witnesses will turn the tide of +battle, confront Anti-Christ and his host, and give to the world +new views of God and Providence.</p> +<p>These two old men, or witnesses, will be endowed with +miraculous power to bring fire down from heaven, or turn the +water streams into blood, and smite the earth with all manner of +plagues, as often as they will. Their presence and power +will cast a gloom o’er the nations of the earth, and +Anti-Christ and his allies. They will finally be slain in +the streets of Jerusalem. At the time of their death a +great feast will be held to commemorate the victories of +Anti-Christ, and to inaugurate the setting up of an image of him +in the temple. So in the city there will be peoples, +kindreds, and tongues of many nations. And they will see +the dead bodies of the two witnesses lying exposed and unburied +in the streets for three days and a-half, for Anti-Christ will +not suffer them to be buried. On the wings of the wind, by +the telegraph and by signals, the news of their death will spread +rapidly abroad to all the nations of the earth. Infidelity, +and Communism, and the Jesuits will be emboldened. Feasting +and rejoicing will be the order of the day. “And they +that dwell upon the earth <!-- page 111--><a +name="page111"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 111</span>shall +rejoice over them and make merry, and shall send gifts one to +another, because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt +upon the earth.” That will be the merry wake for +you—a wake that will suddenly end, and that too, before the +corpses are buried. The victories will be cut short and the +rejoicing checked.</p> +<p>The spirit of life from God shall enter into the two exposed +and corrupting bodies, and they shall stand upon their feet to +defy Anti-Christ and his host, and laugh at the pains of +death. Great fear will fall upon them who saw the dead so +raised. This time the telegraphs will be muffled, and the +news is kept back from the nations as much as possible; but +astonishment ends not here, for over the destroying and now +idolatrous city of Jerusalem hangs a peculiar cloud, and voices +peal as thunder through the air, to call the attention of the +multitudes. And when every eye is skyward, the cloud moves +and opens, as a chariot of fire and glory, and rising in majesty +and composure up above roofs, temples, and pinnacles, will be +seen the two witnesses of Christ; they enter in and are borne +heavenward. “And they ascended up to heaven in a +cloud, and their enemies beheld them.” Then, while +the multitude are wrapt in wonder and all amazement, the +pinnacles sway to and fro, the houses rock, the earth trembles, +the walls of the city fall, and Olivet cleaves in twain. +Then Anti-Christ is slain with many of his followers, and the +remnant fear unto repentance. “And the same hour +there was a great earthquake, and a tenth part of the city fell, +and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thousand, and the +remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to the God of +heaven. And the seventh angel sounded, and there were great +voices in heaven, saying, the kingdoms of this world are become +the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ, and He shall reign +for ever and ever.”</p> +<p>These are some of the wonders yet to come. Then how say +some that Anti-Christ has already been? The witnesses have +<!-- page 112--><a name="page112"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +112</span>not yet appeared: they have not yet wrought their +miracles. The Lost Ten Tribes and the scattered Jews have +not yet been gathered from all countries whither the Lord God +hath scattered them, and placed in their own land, to go out no +more, to be plucked up no more. Jerusalem is yet being +trodden under foot, the land is comparatively desolate, no temple +yet adorns the city, nor priest, nor Levite, attend at the +altar. Pshaw! upon the Biblical interpreters of this day, +who wilfully or ignorantly careen through the line of prophecies, +despising the order established by God. They are like the +girl with her novel, who cannot wait to read through the book, +and take events in their order, but she turns to the last leaf to +find the destiny of her hero. So men, borne by passion and +choice, skip by several of the prophecies, and harp everlastingly +on the last—the coming of the blessed Jesus—“He +whom the heavens must receive until the times of restitution of +all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all His holy +prophets since the world began” (Acts iii. 21). The +world is not yet ready for Christ; it is yet too much upside +down, too much confused. But God is in Christ reconciling +the world unto Himself. It does not now look like God; so +God and Christ, Providence and the Church, must work on till the +house is in order for His return. “<i>Hon dei ouranon +men dexasthai archri chronon apokataseos panton</i>,” whom, +indeed, heaven must retain until the time of restoration of all +things. If things are not now restored or reconciled, or in +order, why, then, Christ cannot come. He will not come to +put them in order; this He has left for and with the Church to +do, and has promised to be with His Church to the end.</p> +<p>A few Sunday evenings ago, a brother kindly asked me where the +Church would be while Anti-Christ was reigning. I simply +said anywhere and everywhere, wherever it happened to be. +He thought the Church would be taken away by Christ; he referred +me to several passages. I said, Come next Sunday <!-- page +113--><a name="page113"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +113</span>evening, as those passages will be partly considered in +my next sermon. He replied that he might be taken up by +that time. All right, I said, then we will excuse +you. Now, in the name of common sense, why have men, and +why do men, down through the centuries, and now, entertain such +views? Because every Bible reader must see that there are +many prophecies that must be fulfilled before Christ can +come—one of which is the appearance of the two witnesses of +the text. They will be specially sent and commissioned to +testify for Christ, as against Anti-Christ.</p> +<p>Let us now ascertain who these two witnesses are, or are to +be. I find on examining the subject all manner of views set +forth. And, as is often the case in studying a subject of +this kind, I find few that agree—so much so, that at last I +found relief in turning from what men said and thought to what +God in His Holy Word had written and said.</p> +<p>First. They are two men. Second. They are +sent to Jerusalem which, because of the wickedness of the city at +the time of their visit, will be called Sodom and Egypt; but, +lest we should mistake the place from these names, John adds: +“Where also our Lord was crucified.” So Isaiah +i. 10 says: “Hear the word of the Lord, ye rulers of Sodom; +give ear unto the law of our God, ye people of +Gomorrah.” This fixes safely the place. +Besides, the place is pointed out from the fact that they oppose +Anti-Christ, who at that time we know will be at Jerusalem. +Third. They are sent. You ask where they are sent +from? The answer is, From heaven, from standing before the +God of the whole earth. Fourth. Who sends them? +We answer, Jesus—because the Book of the Revelation is +“the Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto +John.” Fifth. What were they sent for? In +the first place they were to be special witnesses for Jesus, for +He calls them His two witnesses. In the second place, they +were to prophesy, to be prophets in the fullest sense, to +forecast the future, to <!-- page 114--><a +name="page114"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 114</span>interpret +past and present; to work miracles; to assume control in +directing State affairs. Sixth. It is worth your +careful notice to note that they are not constituted witnesses by +being sent; they are sent because they are witnesses. They +are not then to be endowed with miraculous power; “these +have power” in the present tense. These facts, if +nicely considered, will at once suggest the persons.</p> +<p>Whoever they are, they must have gone from earth to heaven +with their bodies, two persons who have escaped death, for their +death takes place in Jerusalem. They must have been +prophets before they left earth for heaven the first time. +And in the third place, they must at some time and place have +been special witnesses for Christ. In fact, they are two +anointed ones, or, in other words, they are two persons who have +been set apart and prepared for the very visit spoken of in the +text.</p> +<p>Daniel, when speaking of them, and the visit spoken of in the +text, calls one “the Ancient of Days;” the other one +was “like the Son of Man.” He represents these +two persons as sitting in judgment on Anti-Christ, and the seven +horns, or kingdoms. “And the ten horns that were in +his head and of the other which came up, and before whom three +fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake +very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows +(this is Anti-Christ). I beheld, and the same horn made war +with the saints and prevailed against them, until the Ancient of +Days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the Most High, +and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom” +(Dan. vii. 20).</p> +<p>Many interpret “the Ancient of Days” and the +“one like the Son of Man” to be Christ. They +stagger not at the fact that there are two persons, and that they +are introduced one to another, and that the Ancient of Days seems +to be the greatest. It is nothing to such interpreters that +there are two persons; these they make one. The one looking +like the Son of Man they make out to be the Son of God, although +Daniel says he <!-- page 115--><a name="page115"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 115</span>only looked like Him. The +judgment spoken of by Daniel they make out to be the general +judgment, when, in fact, Daniel tells on what and where they sat +in judgment—namely, at Jerusalem. About +Anti-Christ—and that Anti-Christ is soon destroyed after +this—and “as concerning the rest of the beasts (that +is, the seven horns), they had their dominion taken away; yet +their lives were prolonged for a season and a time.” +The vision and scene of the whole chapter belongs to this world, +and the kingdom of the saints here spoken of is as much material +and political as the other. The difference is, the rulers +and people are Christians, they are called saints.</p> +<p>Every throne should be double-kinged; that is God’s +purpose, that is Heaven’s plan. Christ wants no +earthly throne excepting that way. As the Creator is Lord +of lords and King of kings, so Christ after His resurrection +assumed His Father’s place, and stands to us as God to the +Jews of old. All power was given to Him in heaven and in +earth, therefore, He, Christ, has long since begun His reign, and +He must continue to reign until He hath put all enemies under His +feet. When David was king over Israel and Judah, so was +God. We repeat, every throne should be double-kinged.</p> +<p>To this end will come these two witnesses. Who will they +be? We answer, Moses and Elijah: these are the two brave +old men now living and waiting to fulfil their mission. For +hundreds of years they have been anointed. Moses is +“the Ancient of Days;” the “one like the Son of +Man” is Elijah the Tishbite. This interpretation +chimes in with the Divine Word, without twisting and distorting +to make both ends meet.</p> +<p>We said these two were to be human: so they are. They +being sent from heaven, we said they must have passed by death +with their bodies; so they did. They were to be prophets; +so they are, two of the grandest prophets of all. They were +to have power over fire and water; so they had when they lived on +earth. The bloody stream of the Nile gives witness for <!-- +page 116--><a name="page116"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +116</span>Moses. The parched land and time of drought +speaks of Elijah in Ahab’s time. They both called +fire down on them who sought to hurt them. They were to be +special witnesses of Christ; so they were on the Mount of +Transfiguration. These two olive trees stood one on each +side of the golden candlestick, Jesus; Peter, James, and John, +testify to having seen Moses and Elijah. These two old +veterans know Christ well, hence they will be sent to testify for +Him against Anti-Christ. Moses is a Jew. He will +appeal unto the Jews, who will be found in the new temple, +performing according to the old Mosaic law. He will change +and lead his people from Anti-Christ to Christ. Elijah is +an Israelite. He will specially bear testimony to the +Israelite, his long-lost, but then restored, brethren.</p> +<p>More next Sunday evening on these two Christian heroes.</p> +<h2>MOSES AND ELIJAH.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XII.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">MORE ABOUT THE TWO +WITNESSES—MORMONISM—GOD RULING AMONG THE +NATIONS—CAREER OF THE TWO +WITNESSES—ANTI-CHRIST—THE THRONE AND HOUSE OF +DAVID.</p> +<blockquote><p>“And the seventh angel sounded; and there +were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world +are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ; and He +shall reign for ever and ever.”—Rev. ii. 15.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Last Sabbath evening we called your attention to two special +witnesses who are at a given time to appear at Jerusalem for a +specific purpose. At the time of their appearance +Anti-Christ will be reigning with great power and pomp. He +will have <!-- page 117--><a name="page117"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 117</span>succeeded in persuading the Jews and +many others that he is the promised Jewish Messiah; this claim he +will be able to sustain and confirm in the eyes of the multitude, +from the very fact that he will, to all appearance, work +miracles. Nor need we query that such a thing can take +place. Look at some of the facts of our own day, and see +how pliable human nature is. There are millions of people +who sincerely believe that Leo XIII. is God’s vicegerent, +and that he is infallible. Take into account the Mormonism +of this day, and see how terrible a thing in the name of +Christianity can be established and maintained. Aye, in the +nineteenth century, and in the United States of America. Or +look in upon the Spiritualists and consider their claims and +pretensions. Thousands upon thousands of them are persuaded +that they are <i>en rapport</i> with heaven and in communication +with spirits and spirit-land. Then you will not be +surprised at the pretensions, claims, and success of +Anti-Christ. In our calm and unprejudiced consideration of +these organisations, we are bound to admit that they have done +more, and owe more for their success, to deception and error, +than to truth and openness. Each in its turn has been +caught in the act of deceiving, and has been frequently exposed, +but of what avail? Truly but little. We do not mean +that in these systems there is no good, for surely there is, but +that the errors and deceptions are of so glaring a kind, that we +wonder that anybody of common sense can be so easily led +astray.</p> +<p>With these facts before us, can we wonder any longer that +Anti-Christ shall be so successful? The very occasion and +peculiar times and incidents of the reign of Anti-Christ will +call for some special manifestations on the part of the Divine +One that shall soberly and clearly confront the hollow and +hypocritical pretensions of that age. Hence the appearance +of the two witnesses—Moses the Ancient of Days, and Elijah +the Tishbite, who will look like the Son of God.</p> +<p><!-- page 118--><a name="page118"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +118</span>Allow us to submit further evidence in proof that the +two witnesses of John in Rev. xi. are none other than Moses and +Elijah: for many passages of Holy Writ are sealed to the +understanding till we comprehend who the two witnesses are, their +mission and work. We will notice the attributive features +of these witnesses as they are related by John in this +chapter—that is, Rev. xi.</p> +<p>In the first place, there are two persons or individualities; +this appears plainly from the tenor of the whole record. +They are spoken of as “they, them, their mouth, their feet, +as dying and being resurrected.” But, strange to say, +after all this plainness of speech, men have become so accustomed +to spiritualise and generalise that Anti-Christ stood for Rome, +and naturally enough, having generalised Anti-Christ, they must +do the same with the two witnesses; hence they found them in the +Churches of the Waldenses and Albigenses. In such an +interpretation nearly all the attributive features of these +witnesses are ignored. Such as that they had power to work +miracles, to lie unburied in the streets of Jerusalem for three +days and a half. Some have laboured to prove that the Old +and New Testaments were these witnesses, others that they were +symbolised by the law and Gospel. Again, some that the two +sacraments, baptism and the Lord’s supper, were these two +witnesses, and so on almost without end. These instances +will suffice for our present purpose; for surely any of you +reading God’s own Word need not so blunder.</p> +<p>In the second place, Jesus calls them His two witnesses. +Now, in what sense were they His? for such they are now. +Not that they will be His when they appear, but they will appear +to oppose Anti-Christ at Jerusalem because they are sent. +The prophets are all witnesses; for, as Peter says, “To Him +give all the prophets witness.” The apostles were +witnesses, and all believers are witnesses for Jesus; yet these +two are so in a special and pre-eminent sense. Let any one +read <!-- page 119--><a name="page119"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 119</span>the account of the transfiguration +of Jesus and the circumstances attendant thereon, and all will be +plain. Moses and Elias (another spelling for Elijah) we +find were present, as well as Peter, James, and John. When +Christ was transfigured, “Behold there appeared unto them +Moses and Elias” (Matt, xvii. 3). These two persons +talked with Jesus, “and spake of His decease which He +should accomplish at Jerusalem.” Thus, then, they +were special witnesses for Christ, and so they will come again +and witness for Him in the time appointed.</p> +<p>The number of days we must take in a literal sense; here the +1,260 days and 3½ days are the days appointed for their +work and death. It is well to remember that many of the +prophetic numbers contain a double prophecy. Thus 1,260 +here may be coincident with the treading down of Jerusalem by +Mahommedanism. But whether it is or not, does not vitiate +the literal quantity when applied to these two witnesses. +In the third place, they are called two olive trees and two +candlesticks standing before the God of the whole earth. +The figurative meaning will be found by finding some passage +where two trees are mentioned in the interpretation +given—such a passage by Zechariah iv. Here the +prophet saw two olive trees and asked of the angel the meaning; +and the angel said, “Knowest thou not what these +be?” And I said, “No, my Lord.” +Then said he, “<i>These are two anointed ones</i> that +stand by the Lord of the whole earth.” The simple +meaning is, that the two olive trees mean two persons, who are in +heaven at present, but are anointed—that is, set apart, +selected for some distinct work for God.</p> +<p>Moses and Elijah evidently were anointed and specially +selected, for it is probable they both escaped death. The +wonder connected with the disappearance of Moses and the +translation of Elijah now finds some measure of +explanation. None doubt the translation of Elijah. +John the Baptist was not Elias, except he was to go before Christ +in the spirit <!-- page 120--><a name="page120"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 120</span>and power of Elias; in this sense +John stood for Elias. John the Baptist prepared the way of +Christ the first time, so will Elias for Christ’s second +coming. The record of Moses’s departure from this +world is as mysterious as it is dramatic. But, certainly, +neither the mysterious nor the dramatic have any meaning +excepting we allow something Divinely special. To die as +other people, would mean nothing on the line of specialities; but +he did not so die. He went from the people alive; no one +saw him die or dead. He went up into Mount Horeb and never +returned. So, so far as the people were concerned, he was +to them a dead man, for he went from them no more to +return. The word death in Hebrew has not less than six +meanings, one of which is simply to disappear. This is the +meaning that we must attach to the death of Moses. Neither +his grave nor body have ever been found.</p> +<p>There is a peculiar passage in the book of Jude where +“Michael the archangel, when contending with the devil, he +disputed about the body of Moses, durst not bring against him a +railing accusation, but said, The Lord rebuke thee.” +Now, Satan then had power over death in some way Divinely +permitted. Paul says (Heb. ii. 14), speaking of Christ, +“Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and +blood, He also Himself likewise took part of the same; that +through death He might destroy him <i>that had the power of +death</i>—that is, the devil.” When God was +translating Moses, passing him by death, Satan fought with +Michael, who was God’s messenger, to inflict the sting of +death on Moses, and although Michael carried Moses on by death +into the presence of God, Satan durst not bring a railing +accusation against him.</p> +<p>Jude, in his epistle, probably quoted from one of the now lost +books of Revelation, which was entitled, “The Ascension or +Assumption of Moses the servant of God.” The Church +father, Origen, makes mention of this work, but, like the book +and prophecies of Enoch, from which Jude makes a quotation, <!-- +page 121--><a name="page121"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +121</span>it has been lost, they having served their +purpose. The fairest and most generous interpretation, +then, is, that Moses did not die the ordinary death, but +disappeared, was, in fact, translated, anointed, and set apart +for a special work in connection with his own people, the Jews, +in the days of the coming Anti-Christ. Thus, without any +trouble, he could appear with Elijah on the Mount of +Transfiguration. And it is worthy of note that before he +disappeared in Horeb—the sacred writer is mindful to tell +us “Moses was an hundred and twenty years old when he +died—<i>his eye was not dim nor his natural force +abated</i>” (Deut. xxiv. 7). But, supposing Moses +died naturally, there is nothing unreasonable or irregular in +concluding that God resurrected him as a mortal for future +use. True, he will die again as a witness; so there are in +heaven now eight persons who have died twice in this +world—namely:</p> +<p>The child raised by Elijah (1 Kings xvii. 21).<br /> +The child of Elisha (2 Kings iv. 35).<br /> +The Moabite soldier who came to life on touching the bones of +Elisha (2 Kings xiii. 21).<br /> +The daughter of Jairus (Luke viii. 55).<br /> +The widow’s son at Nain (Luke vii. 15).<br /> +Lazarus of Bethany (John xi. 44).<br /> +Dorcas or Tabitha by Peter (Acts ix. 40).<br /> +Eutychus by Paul (Acts xx. 10).</p> +<p>Anti-Christ will be a great electrician; electricity by that +time will be a fearful power in the hands of science. +Edison with his genius and marvellous discoveries, and others of +like gifts, will have perfected the use of this agent in a +wonderful degree. Anti-Christ will make use of this power +to cower his enemies and bring them in fear-subjection. He +will bring fire down from heaven. The two witnesses, +however, will be clothed with Divine power; they will be able to +bring fire by a simple command—this they both understood +and used when on earth.</p> +<p><!-- page 122--><a name="page122"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +122</span>Moses called fire down upon the 250 rebellious +Korahthites, as we read in Numbers xvi. Ahab, the King of +Israel, thought to punish and compel the obedience of Elijah; but +God gave fire from heaven in answer to the prophet’s +prayer. So when Ahaziah sent a captain and fifty men to +bring Elijah into the king’s presence, they found him +sitting on the top of a hill and commanded him to come +down. “And Elijah answered and said to the captain of +fifty, If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven, +and consume thee and thy fifty. And there came down fire +from heaven, and consumed him and his fifty” (2 Kings i. +10). Thus will these two anointed ones be able to contend +with Anti-Christ and all the powers of scientific infidels. +“If any man hurt these two witnesses, by the very means +used so shall they be killed.”</p> +<p>“These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in +the days of their prophecy, and have power over waters to turn +them to blood.” To whom would these gifts and +attributes apply better than to Elijah, who in the days of the +wicked King Ahab sealed the heavens against rain for three years +and a half? and to Moses, who, when contending with Pharaoh, +turned the sweet flowing Nile into a stream of blood? What +two prophets had such a wide range of prophetic energy and +liberty as Moses and Elijah? None. Well may the +Revelator say, then, of them, that they can smite the earth with +all manner of plagues as often as they will.</p> +<p>By awful and sublime manifestations the world shall see that +God rules in the heaven and on the earth. They shall learn +that Anti-Christ is a false Christ. Then shall fear and +repentance fall upon the people. The Jews shall be +convinced, and converted, and persuaded by the appearance of +their beloved Moses. They shall know of a truth that the +Messiah has been, and is waiting to come again. Referring +to that time the prophet Zechariah calls it a time of trembling, +the time of a terrible siege. But he tells us that +“The Lord also shall save the tents of Judah <!-- page +123--><a name="page123"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +123</span>first, that the glory of the House of David, and the +glory of the inhabitants of Jerusalem, do not magnify themselves +against Judah.” Thus we learn that the Jews, who have +been so long despised and bereft of a king, country, and +government, shall see through the great mystery of Providence +first. The House of David is found in the royal family of +England. The Jews, seeing this, will invite, in concert +with all the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the English Government to +take charge of their affairs.</p> +<p>“Then shall the children of Judah and the children of +Israel be gathered together and appoint themselves one +<i>head</i>” (Hosea i. 2). The Jews will then be +Christians. “For they shall look upon Him whom they +have pierced, and they shall mourn for Him, as one mourneth for +his only son.”</p> +<p>At this time the whole world will be amazed and confounded at +the destruction of Anti-Christ and his host. The Jews, the +House of David, and the Lost Tribes, Israel, the Saxons, will +hold a council in Jerusalem. David’s house, which God +selected, and throne, both of which the Almighty promised +perpetuity to, shall be found and recognised in the English +throne and royal family. The Saxon race shall distinctively +appear as long-lost Israel. So that the Jews, and +David’s House, and Israel, will unite and acknowledge +Christ as Lord and Master. They will make known to America, +who stands for Manasseh, and all the colonies, the decision of +the said council; all parties will see, and accept, and federate +for the world’s conquest and peace.</p> +<p>This federation of the ancient people, the literal seed of +Abraham, will cause jealousies and alliances on the part or rest +of the world, excepting some portions of France, Austria, and +Prussia. The beast, dragon, and Anti-Christ’s force, +that will survive the shock of the two witnesses, will all unite +for an onslaught upon England, but especially Palestine. +Russia, though nominally Christian, will join the beast or Romish +<!-- page 124--><a name="page124"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +124</span>Church. The dragon means the Pagan portion of the +world. Thus will be inaugurated the battle of Armageddon, +the issues of which we are permitted to know through +Revelation. Then will the kingdoms of this world become the +kingdoms of our Lord and His Christ.</p> +<p>With many, and to many, these things are but as dreams; they +are chimerical. But one thing is certain: the history of +the Church and Providence in the future are appallingly +grand. Providence was grand in leading forth His people of +old from Egypt. But He will be no less grand when He shall +set His hand a second time to recover His people as He has +promised to do.</p> +<p>“Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will +raise unto David a righteous branch, and a king shall reign and +prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice in the +earth. In His days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall +dwell safely, and this is His name whereby He shall be called, +The Lord our Righteousness.” (That is, the ruler of +God’s choice—a king, then, in fact, by Divine +right.) “Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the +Lord, that they shall no more say, The Lord liveth, which brought +up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt; but, The Lord +liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of the House of +Israel out of the North country, and from all countries whither I +had driven them, and they shall dwell in their own land” +(Jer. xxiii. 68).</p> +<p>God has now one of the seed of David on the throne, and He has +a Jew doing her bidding, executing her decrees over and for +Israel. For though Israel were to be numerous and powerful, +yet to David’s seed belongs the throne.</p> +<p>The recent Congress was but a forerunner of the one yet to +come. The crownless king, Disraeli, who forced the +Congress, is, perhaps, an unconscious instrument in the hands of +Providence. But whether he be or not, he is hastening on +the day with lightning speed. Forth from the recent +Congress he goes, having once again linked the destinies of +England to the <!-- page 125--><a name="page125"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 125</span>Continent, which has been so +strangely severed, till Russia, Italy, Austria, France, and Spain +might each test the other, and each find their appointed +place. Now, again, England pledges herself a Continental +Power—nay, more—an Asiatic Power. She will come +forth from the Congress the virtual ruler of Turkey, the owner of +Palestine.</p> +<h2>BATTLE OF ARMAGEDDON.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XIII.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">THE COMBATANTS ON BOTH SIDES—WHO +“THE KINGS OF THE EAST” ARE—THE GREAT +NAPOLEONIC IDEA—DISRAELI, LINCOLN AND +GRANT—ENGLAND’S POLICY IN TURKEY—FUTURE WARS +AND INTRIGUES—THE GREAT BATTLE-FIELD—GATHERING OF THE +NATIONS—EARTHQUAKES—JERUSALEM A SEAPORT.</p> +<blockquote><p>“And He gathered them together into a place +called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.”—Rev. xvi. +16.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Christian students and prophetic writers are generally agreed +on three things touching this great event. First, that +there is to be such a decisive battle fought. Second, that +it will take place in some part of Palestine. Third, that +this great struggle will be final, the end of war, the beginning +of the Millennium morn.</p> +<p>In the Scriptures the contestants are pointed out, as they +rally under the standards of the <i>dragon</i>, the beast, and +<i>Anti-Christ</i> on one side, and on the other, under the +standard of David, will be the <i>called</i>, the <i>chosen</i>, +and the <i>faithful</i>; or, in other words, the Ten Lost Tribes +as found chiefly in the Saxon race, with all who sincerely +believe on the Lord Jesus Christ.</p> +<p><!-- page 126--><a name="page126"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +126</span>In another sermon we pointed out to you the plain fact +of the existence of David’s throne and David’s seed +as found and seen specially in the throne of England. We +there see how faithfully God has kept His promise to David and +His people. For God frequently told David that his throne +should be established unto all generations, and of David’s +seed there should never be wanting a man to sit thereon. It +is the permanence, the grandeur, and progressive character of +this throne and people that make it a fitting type of Christ and +His Church. Nay, more, it is on this throne that Christ now +sits, so far as this world goes; and it is through this people +that He reigns, and He will and must reign until He has conquered +a universal peace. It is a delusion too long entertained by +the Church to think that David’s throne and seed have not +now, nor for centuries had, an existence. It is a delusion +that we should not entertain for a moment to think that the Ten +Tribes of Israel are lost for ever, or that their work or mission +is fulfilled. As surely as the Two Tribes, Judah and Levi, +now exist, fulfilling and filling in the outlines of prophetic +history, so surely are Reuben, Simeon, Zebulun, Issachar, Dan, +Gad, Asher, Naphtali, Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh in +existence, answering the purpose of an all-seeing Providence.</p> +<p>Who are the kings of the East spoken of in the +Scriptures? We answer, They are the royal ones of the House +of David. The word king, both in Hebrew and Greek, means +such. This seed God chose, and made them royal by that very +selection. They have been away from their own land, +Palestine, wandering and dwelling in the West. But God in +Providence is preparing a way for their return. In +connection with the pouring out of the sixth vial upon the great +river of the Euphrates, or upon Turkey, as most writers agree, +the waters are to dry up—that is, Turkey is to decay, to be +absorbed. And why? “That the way of the kings +of the East might be prepared” (Rev. xvi. 12).</p> +<p><!-- page 127--><a name="page127"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +127</span>These kings have been away from the East, and their +return is assured, and the preparation for such return is to be +seen at this time and in connection with the decay of +Turkey. If Turkey, as symbolised by the river Euphrates, is +drying up, then these kings must be advancing Eastward; and so +they are.</p> +<p>The crownless king, Disraeli, who, like many other men God has +raised up, is for these times an index finger pointing out the +way of Providence. He is a receptive agent of Divine force, +to the intent that he may interpret a Divine purpose. He +may know, or he may not know, that he is so directed of +heaven. The prophets of old were seldom permitted to +interpret or understand their own prophecies. If they +asked, like Daniel, the meaning, they were told to “go +their way,” for oftentimes the words were “closed up +and sealed until the time of the end.” No wonder this +man, against all England nearly, and to the amazement of all the +world, proclaims the Queen of England the Empress of India, for +the way of the kings of the East must be prepared.</p> +<p>Napoleon Bonoparte’s grand idea was to prepare the way +of the kings of the East and make himself and his descendants +these kings. “Conquer England and the world is +ours,” he said. But when his secret and well-prepared +assault on England was revealed and frustrated by a chain of +providential events, he hit upon another plan to get possession +of Palestine. Seventy years ago he invited all the leading +Jews of the world to a secret council in Paris; he wished them to +aid him in getting possession of Palestine. He pretended to +want their return. He gave them certain privileges and +laboured to procure more from the other nations; he did much for +the Jews in enlarging their liberties and taking away from them +the curse of society. The one idea that is distinctly +Napoleonic, is to possess Palestine. The late Napoleon had +his idea, and in his day this idea had become a part of France; +so much so, that France thought herself to be then and now the +real protector <!-- page 128--><a name="page128"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 128</span>of Palestine. It was for this +idea that she allied with England and Turkey in the Crimean +war. It was to keep Russia back from possessing the holy +places. Not till France was weakened could England advance +on her way East rapidly; so Germany was used to destroy her +prestige and cause her to stand aside till England proceeds on +her way homeward.</p> +<p>It was a comely sight, some five years ago, to see two Jews +closeted together making a secret bargain—one had power, +the other had money. The man of power asked the man of +money to lend him twenty million dollars; it was done. At +once the man of power purchases with this twenty millions part of +his fatherland back again—the Suez Canal. This very +canal is on the boundary of the land of Palestine as given to +Abraham centuries ago. By this very route the old patriarch +entered the Promised Land. It was fitting, indeed, that +this should be the first piece purchased back. No one knew +save those directly interested. England murmured and France +protested, but the thing was done. Poor France, bleeding +and divided, could do but little; for Disraeli and Rothschild had +done the work. The way of the kings of the East must be +prepared. So on they go. A man who executes a Divine +purpose is always strong. Abraham Lincoln, in the history +of our country, was so chosen and led of God. The +politicians, and statesmen, and generals, and many of the people +were against him at first; but the Lord was with him, so he +marched on to victory, the country following in the wake. +And though dead, not forgotten, the country and the civilised +world are marching on after him, and now they have nearly +overtaken him. Lincoln’s ideas and the +country’s are nearly equal. A man led of God is +generally a good distance behind, and the people led by such a +man are equally as far behind him as he is behind God. But +this nation and Abraham Lincoln are now one, and in those things +in which they once were divided they are a unit, with more than +the honoured Lincoln; for they are a unit with God and +providence. <!-- page 129--><a name="page129"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 129</span>Thus follows the English nation in +the wake of Disraeli, and the world is coming on behind, and the +day will come when all will be a unit. It does not shock +our idea of human honesty much when we learn that this crownless +king played a double game with Russia and Turkey. It is +intensely Jewish, but if it were only Jewish, then it would be +very detestable; it is more, it is Divine in part. +“Had the princes of this world known, they would not have +crucified the Prince of Glory.” Had the princes of +the late Berlin Congress known the double game being played by +one of the quietest of their number, they would not have done as +they did. Turkey in Asia was given over to England’s +protection, aye, yes, that included Palestine. The island +of Cyprus is given over entirely—surely the way of the +kings of the East is being grandly prepared.</p> +<p>Why did not the Congress hand over to England’s +protection Turkey in Europe? For reasons good and +sufficient. Turkey in Europe will be the cause of much +strife, of several wars, and of strange alliances; hence it would +not have done for Israel-England to be mixed up with it. +Constantinople alone, of European Turkey, England will +keep. Israel is to be much preserved from war, until the +great battle of Armageddon comes on. Against that time she +will have to husband her strength and resources. It is +marvellous now to think that what the Congress settled as +belonging to England, none dispute—all is peace. But +Russia’s share and Austria’s are in arms. +Servia, Greece, Roumania, and all the Turkish provinces rebel and +are in a state of disquietude, that portends war and strife again +in a few years. But England will have nothing to do with +it, excepting that Russia and Austria, with the consent of +Germany, Italy, and France, are to set a precedent for England, +which in a few years she will need. It is plain that if +Russia and Austria can force by arms the conditions of the Berlin +Congress, England will be at liberty to do the same without any +<!-- page 130--><a name="page130"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +130</span>interference even from France. The Congress +handed over to England’s keeping Turkey. England, +then, can make Turkey do her bidding by force of arms sustained +by the very precedent already set. Thus will Israel-England +open up Palestine for Christian settlement. The Mahommedans +will murmur and resist to have the holy places taken from them, +but no matter; England, when the time comes, will enforce +it. It is just here that Turkey and England will dispute, +and in each dispute England will find a reason for drawing the +lines a little tighter around poor Turkey.</p> +<p>The contestants on one side at the great battle of Armageddon, +you remember, are the dragon, the beast, and Anti-Christ. +Now what people is represented by the term dragon? We +answer, the Pagan nations and authorities, just as the Chinese +have on their standards to-day a dragon, as we have the +eagle. The Mahommedans, Hindoos, Brahmins, Buddhists, and +all Pagan idolaters, are summed up in the word dragon. At +present, England is tolerant with the subjects and adherents of +these different worshippers and religions; but the time will come +when she will no longer tolerate the same; thus will they arraign +themselves against her in the battle of Armageddon. This +will come to pass as the gradual destruction of Mormonism in our +country. This system has been fortified by law; now laws +are being arraigned against it. It is now only tolerated, +and in a short time it will be wiped out of existence.</p> +<p>The final battle referred to in the text is to occur at a +place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon, the literal meaning +of which is at the mount of Megido. In olden times there +was a city called Megiddon; it stood in what is now called the +great plain of Esdraelon—a plain that lies midway between +the Sea of Galilee and the Mediterranean. It was also +called Jezreel. The prophet Hosea speaks of this place, +battle, and time, all by this one word. Referring to the +time when the children of Judah and of Israel are gathered +together under one <!-- page 131--><a name="page131"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 131</span>head in their own land, he says, +“For great shall be the day of Jezreel” (Hos. i. +11). It is spoken of in the Scriptures and history as the +valley of Jehoshaphat, because here Jehoshaphat, the King of +Judah, gained a great victory; for here the Lord fought against +the enemies of Israel, as He will in the coming battle. +Joel iii. 12 says, referring to this coming struggle, “Let +the heathen be waked up and come to the valley of Jehoshaphat: +for there will I sit to judge all the heathen round +about.”</p> +<p>There is one name given to this time and battle that is very +significant and striking. Have you ever noticed it? +If not, let me call your attention to it. It is called +“That great day of God Almighty,” by John in the +chapter of the text. The day of the Lord of hosts by +Isaiah. Ezek. xxx. 3: “Howl ye! Woe worth the +day! For the day of the Lord is near: it shall be the time +of the heathen.” And Joel says, “Multitudes, +multitudes, in the valley of decision; for the day of the Lord is +near in the valley of decision.” By the prophets +Amos, Obadiah, Zephaniah, Zechariah, Malachi, and apostles Paul +and Peter, it is called the day of the Lord.</p> +<p>You ask if this battle may not have taken place. We +answer, No. Of such a battle we have no record. +Again, it will be the end of the war—the final overthrow of +Paganism, the beast, and Anti-Christ. Malachi says, +“Behold I will send you the prophet Elijah before the +coming of that great and dreadful day of the Lord.” +Elijah has not yet been a witness. At the time of this +great battle nature is to take a wonderful part. As when +Christ was on the cross, the sun darkened, the rocks rent, the +mountains shook, so in connection with this battle there shall be +some strange wonders—earthquakes, thundering, lightning, +hail and fire. The Mount of Olives will divide; the valley +of the Dead Sea will fill with water and join to the +Mediterranean; Jerusalem will become a seaport; an appointed +centre from which, being central to all the world, will go <!-- +page 132--><a name="page132"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +132</span>forth the ships of the Lord. The city of +Jerusalem, between this time and that, will be considerably +enlarged, then it will divide into three parts. At the time +of this dividing John says, “That the cities of the nations +are to fall”—London, Paris, Berlin, Rome, St. +Petersburg, and many others—that all may turn to Jerusalem, +the capital appointed of Heaven.</p> +<p>If you wish to know more of the particulars of this day, read +the prophets, study what John the Revelator says under the sixth +vial and sixth seal. With awful grandeur and with terrible +majesty have the sacred writers set forth this day and time.</p> +<p>That this day will come, who will deny? Look at the +world ripening for this day. Here, in our own land, as well +as others, the forces are maturing, the agents are at work. +Many of the events of the past year we were permitted to forecast +by looking into the future through the prophets, and onward yet +we look. And the events coming are neither less in number, +merit, or force, than those passed. Keep the events of +prophecy in their proper order lest they confuse you. The +Jews and Ten Lost Tribes are to be found and possess Palestine +before this battle. Anti-Christ is to appear. The two +witnesses, Moses and Elijah, are to appear. And Jesus, our +beloved Master, will not come till the world is settled long in +perpetual peace—till the house is prepared for the bride, +then shall He come. But with lightning speed events are +crowding on along the ages. The accumulative forces of +centuries are pressing hard upon time present. The time of +the end is near—not the end of time, but the time appointed +of God in which certain great things are to be +accomplished. Eighteen hundred years ago John cried out, +“Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river +Euphrates. And the four angels were loosed, which were +prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year” +(Rev. ix. 14).</p> +<p>The Turkish Power originated on the banks of the +Euphrates. <!-- page 133--><a name="page133"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 133</span>It first was divided into four +Sultanies—namely, Bagdad, Aleppo, Damascus and +Cesarea. These are typified under four angels. Their +time was to be 396 years and a fraction—an hour, day, +month, and year. Thus, taking a day for a year, 365 for the +year, thirty for the month, one for the day, and we have +396. So from the taking of Bagdad by the Turks in 1057, +which was the overthrow of the Saracens, until the capture of +Constantinople in 1453, which overthrew the Greek Empire, we have +just 396 years. And the time for the drying up of Turkey is +at hand; and so it comes to pass.</p> +<p>Dear friends, how wonderful are the dealings of our God! +Can we shut our eyes to His Divine revelation? Let us be +wise in the day of grace, taking heed to the sure Word of +prophecy, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place. The +world indeed is dark, and all confusion. But His Word shows +unto us order in all this confusion, blessed be His name. +More next Sunday evening.</p> +<h2><!-- page 134--><a name="page134"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 134</span>ARMAGEDDON AND THE PYRAMID.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XIV.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">THE FORCES IN THE BATTLE—TIME OF ITS +OCCURRENCE—MISTAKES OF ADVENTISTS—A CHURCH +“STRIKE” WANTED—THE HARD TIMES AFTER +1882—HISTORY OF THE WORLD TILL 1935—HINE’S +THEORY.</p> +<blockquote><p>“These shall make war with the Lamb, and the +Lamb shall overcome them; for He is Lord of lords and King of +kings; and they that are with Him are called, and chosen, and +faithful.”—Rev. xviii. 14.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Last Sunday evening we considered the subject of the great +battle of Armageddon. This evening we will take up the same +subject for further consideration. This battle, we learn, +is to be very terrible, such a one as the world has not +had. Fearful as some of the wars of the past have been, +this will overshadow them all in skill, fierceness, number, +slaughter, devastation, and wide-spread ruin. It will, in +some respects, be like one of the wars of olden times. For +in this struggle God is again to take a direct part, as He did +for His people Israel and Judah in times of old. Again +shall the forces of nature do battle for God and His people; +again they shall be full of instinctive revenge. Hear us, +and believe us, Denis Kearney, Providence will then “pool +the issues” of the <i>called</i>, the <i>chosen</i>, and +the <i>faithful</i>. The called are the Jews, the chosen +are Israelites, and the faithful embrace all of every nation who +believe in Christ. Then many will wade in pools of blood +and perish. The birds of prey are to hold high carnival on +the dead bodies of the slain. The spirit of Satan, that now +worketh in the children of disobedience, will pool the issues of +hell and death in the hosts of the <i>dragon</i>, <i>beast</i>, +and <i>false prophet</i>. For though these three powers are +diverse in their aims, professions, and intents, yet we learn +from many passages of the Divine Book that they will join hands +and agree upon a common policy, federating together <!-- page +135--><a name="page135"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +135</span>that they may contend with the called, the chosen, and +the faithful. “And I saw three unclean spirits like +frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth +of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. +For they are the spirits of devils working miracles, which go +forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to +gather them to the battle of that great day of God +Almighty” (Rev. xvi. 13, 14). Here indeed will be a +pooling of the issues, a pooling that will divide the whole world +into two forces or parties.</p> +<p>Now the canvass has begun, preparations are going on, party +lines are being drawn, powers are concentrating, and men are +rallying under their respective standards, getting the world ripe +and ready for the coming generations, into whose hands the +destinies of that day will be cast. Few of us now living +can personally take part in that final battle, excepting as we do +so by impressing the unborn millions with our ideas. Like +as David prepared the material for the building of the temple, +and his son Solomon carried forward the same, so the work of this +generation is simply preparatory, and that of the coming will be +executive.</p> +<p>Several wars will take place before that of Armageddon, which +in their nature will be fierce and terrible. Still these +will all be preparatory—leading on to the day of decision +and the battle final. On this point many err, and their +error has a pernicious influence on the Church and the +world. They interpret the preparatory signs as if they were +final; hence the end with such is too near. A sincere +anxiety takes possession of their soul, which utterly unfits them +to judge aright the signs of the times and tokens of +Providence. Thus were a portion of the Advent Church thrown +into confusion the 8th of last July because they had fixed upon +the seventh as the time for the ending of the world. And +human folly and haste will repeat itself again on the 10th of +April next, because another portion of the Advent brethren have +fixed upon the 9th of April as the time of the <!-- page 136--><a +name="page136"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 136</span>end. +It is a wonder the first did not take the 4th of July instead of +the seventh, for then a stranger might think the end was nigh in +some of our cities; or why didn’t the other party select +the 1st of April, for no doubt it would have proved a more +propitious day? But thus it is, and will be again before +the appointed time of Heaven comes. Man is a creature of +haste and sudden impulse, especially so in his religious +experience. Kings and nations, Churches and sects, have +laboured hard in times past to force the issues of Providence and +give speed and certainty to times and events.</p> +<p>The prophecies affecting our days are clear; so much so, that +he who runs may read, if need be. But an impatient activity +urges men on, bedazzling their eyes, which at once unnerves and +unfits them for reading or judging. “In your patience +possess ye your souls,” said the blessed Master to His +disciples of old, and not less through them unto us.</p> +<p>“Order is Heaven’s first law,” it has been +said; and surely order pervades the prophecies. But the +pulpits in general over-ride this order, and are not slow to +malign such men as Edward Hine, of London, England, when the fact +is, that his theory of the prophecies and mode of interpretation +are vastly more natural, responsive, and reasonable than the +ill-adjusted, unnatural, and non-responsive system of current +theology. A person is under obligation to use that key for +the unlocking of prophecy which fits the best, and that responds +to providential events the most natural, without regard to the +antiquated systems and mode of Church, sect, or college +theology. Hine’s theory, as it is called sometimes, +is as much superior to the old system of interpretation, as the +railway Pullman car is to the ricketty old stage coach.</p> +<p>The Anglo-Saxon Israel theory neither destroys or introduces +any new principle, but discovers and applies that which had been +long hidden. The introduction of steam and electricity did +not destroy or produce any new principle, but simply <!-- page +137--><a name="page137"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +137</span>discovered and applied, in an improved form, that which +had been in the world from Adam down till now.</p> +<p>As men in science, mechanics, and practical life, throw +overboard men and things of the past, so should we in theology, +Church life, and experience, when we can do better. +Reverence for persons, and respect for ideas, should not enslave +us. Let us move on, doing better and better. We do +not care to believe all the theology of a Martin Luther. +When we can make an advance on men, or theories, we should do +so. Bacon and Newton are now in part rejected, without +intending, or in fact doing them any dishonour or +disrespect. So are Calvin and Wesley, on the same +principle, by every good theologian. If a theory be +advanced that opens up the Scriptures, and especially the +prophecies, better than those before existing, let the pulpit +accept it, throwing aside its mawkishness and age-intrenched +stupidity. I have no hesitation to say, after over +twenty-five years of experience with preachers and pulpit, that +the majority of preachers are lazy and indifferent in +study. For this reason many of them are deterred from +examining any new theory. Many have said to me, and written +to me, that if they accepted the Lost Tribe theory it would +destroy nearly all their old sermons, and necessitate the making +of new ones—a work they were not willing to +undertake. It will, therefore, be a long time before the +pulpit is reformed. In these days there are many +strikes. While in Canada, on my vacation, I agreed to +lecture for a Church choir on the prophet Jeremiah’s visit +to Ireland. But some preachers banded together and stopped +it; and, in consequence of it, the choir struck and refused to +sing the following Sunday. Passing by this strike, I really +wish the laymen would strike and call the pulpit to an account +and rouse it from its lethargy, and demand that it should +untrammel itself and be free and equal to the age and +demand. I have met with miserly persons who didn’t +believe in beautiful churches, or the missionary cause, or any +cause indeed that wanted money. <!-- page 138--><a +name="page138"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 138</span>They would +argue for plainness, and so on. The secret of their +peculiar ideas on these matters was to be found in their +stinginess and their love of money. They advocated such +theories because it saved them from contributing. Like a +man I met with on my vacation tour who said that he saved forty +dollars a year by pretending to be angry with the minister or +some of the deacons when they came round collecting money. +Some ministers, no doubt the majority of them, talk about holding +on to the old landmarks and being orthodox for the very reason +that to make a move implies labour, which they are not willing to +give, hence they prate about orthodoxy and landmarks as a pretext +to cover over their indifference. He is the most orthodox +who searches after the truth and keeps up with the age. +“Prove all things, hold fast that which is good,” +says Paul. These pretended followers of Paul say: +“Prove nothing, hold fast what you have got.”</p> +<p>It is as plain as A, B, C, that the Bible teaches the return +of the Jews and Ten Lost Tribes of Israel to the land of +Palestine. Also, that after they are settled in this land +Anti-Christ appears. The dragon and beast are already in +existence, but Anti-Christ is not; the spirit of Anti-Christ +is. When Israel and Judah are settled and prosperous in the +old fatherland, then is to come on the battle of +Armageddon. Thank Heaven! that though the struggle will be +awful, it will be final, and victory will turn on the +Lord’s side. Then will be set up a kingdom that shall +endure in abiding peace and prosperity for at least a thousand +years. The world will nestle in regaling plenty and great +assurance. This kingdom is to be set up in the latter days +of the four kingdoms spoken of by Daniel. By this we +understand that these kingdoms will have their day, and by +succession, after a time, run out. These +kingdoms—namely, Babylon, Persia, Greece, and +Rome—are now disappearing. Rome, politically, is +gone, Persia will soon be absorbed, also Greece. Babylon, +being continued in <!-- page 139--><a name="page139"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 139</span>the Empire of Russia, has yet a +glorious future before it for the next fifty years or so, then +she will disappear to rise no more. The cry will go forth, +“Babylon is fallen.” In Nebuchadnezzar’s +image you will remember that the stone cut out of the mountain +began to destroy the metallic image upward, hence these kingdoms +will disappear in reverse order to their origin. First +Rome, which has gone; next Greece, which is nearly gone; then +Persia, and then Russia. The new kingdom will fill the +world. Already it foreshadows the outlines of possession by +its immense territory of to-day. Then a scion of the House +of David shall be enthroned in Jerusalem. All the other +great capitals will have been destroyed. It is surprisingly +grand to read of that day, king and kingdom. Let me read to +you a few verses from Jeremiah, chapter xxiii.: “Behold, +the days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a +righteous branch, and a King shall reign and prosper, and shall +execute judgment and justice in the earth. In His days +Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely; and this is +His name whereby He shall be called: the Lord our +Righteousness. Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the +Lord, that they shall no more say, The Lord liveth, which brought +up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt; but, The Lord +liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of the House of +Israel out of the North country, and from all countries whither I +had driven them; and they shall dwell in their own +land.” The words, “that day,” are often +used, and if we desire to know when that day is, we have data in +the great fact that it is the other side of Armageddon, and +Armageddon is the other side of the settlement of Israel and +Judah in Palestine.</p> +<p>I wish, just here, to correct many of you, as well as some of +the public journals. Of late I have frequently seen it +stated in the papers that I predicted the end of the world in +1882. And many persons have actually asked if I did really +think so. The truth of the matter is, in my sermons on the +Great Pyramid <!-- page 140--><a name="page140"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 140</span>I pointed out to you the remarkable +fact that the Grand Gallery was 1,882 inches long. +Beginning with the birth of the Saviour, these inches stand for +years. This gallery suddenly ends, excepting that it is +continued in a narrow passage, the narrowest in the whole +building, for fifty-three inches. Then comes the +King’s Chamber, which before you enter, you pass under a +portcullis in the form of an olive leaf. In this chamber +all is equal, quiet, and central. Now, what I believe this +pillar of witness in Egypt teaches (see Isa. xix. 19) is, that in +1882 the whole world will enter upon a time of great trouble, +war, pestilence, and famine, and for fifty-three years these +troubles will continue more or less. Then about 1935 will +occur the battle of Armageddon, which will be the finishing +touch, the end of wars. I arrive at this, when I follow the +teachings of the Pyramid, by adding 1882 and 53, which gives me +1935. Even then the world will not end, but only begin the +millennium morn, which will last for a thousand years or +more.</p> +<p>Now corresponding to these facts are the events of +Providence. As when Spring is nigh we know by certain +signs, so we know from the Scriptures, Providence, and Pyramidal +teaching, where we stand and the season we are in. “O +ye hypocrites, ye can discern the face of the sky, but can ye not +discern the signs of the times?” said Jesus to the proud +and critical Pharisees and learned and doubting Sadducees. +These parties affected to be specially wise and discriminating in +their knowledge of the times and seasons, and interpreting the +prophets and writings of Moses. Yet their conduct betrayed +their ignorance, for they saw not the end of that grand old +prophetic age, nor the fading symbolism of the temple, nor the +departing glory and decay of their nation. They knew not +the fulness of the time in which they lived, though it bulged out +like a mountain. They did not know that <i>one time hath +ended</i>, another <i>time begun</i>, for they still dated their +documents 4032 of the world, when it was the year of our Lord and +their Lord 32.</p> +<p><!-- page 141--><a name="page141"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +141</span>The antediluvians stand condemned because they were +willingly ignorant of the Providential tokens and signs of the +times. They set at naught the teachings and warnings of +Noah, and in exulting pride they rejected the idea of a special +Providence. Their faith, like many in this day, was planted +and nourished by the laws of nature, and the analogous +continuance of the same, not accepting the doctrine of a Divine +Providence. They cried aloud, “Where is the promise +of His coming? For since the fathers fell asleep, all +things continue as they were from the beginning of the +creation.”</p> +<p>Do you, like the Jews of old, demand more signs, when those +given you are not understood, or, if understood, they are +undervalued? The prophets have been lavish in portraying +the calamities of the <i>last days</i>, or the times into which +we are entering. For the words <i>last days</i> are the few +years preceding the battle of Armageddon. The calamities of +these days are of four kinds: First, social disorders; second, +religious feuds and wars; third, wonderful political +disturbances; fourth, temporal or physical disasters. Of +the social condition of these last days, Paul instructs us: +“This know, also, that in the last days perilous times +shall come.” Then he groups together nineteen immoral +attributes of the social state of these last days: “Men +shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud +blasphemers, disobedient (to parents especially), unthankful, +unholy, without natural affection, truce breakers, false +accusers, incontinent, fierce despisers, traitors, heady, +high-minded, lovers of pleasure more than God, formal in +religion” (2 Timothy iii.). What, we ask, will be the +state of society when the social condition becomes such?</p> +<p>The religious feuds and persecutions of the last days we can +but faintly conceive. It was terrible when the beast, two +hundred years ago, held sway. The Inquisition, the rack, +the stake, and all the horrors of a wise age will be brought to +bear. For in these days to come, the beast will be joined +by Anti-Christ, <!-- page 142--><a name="page142"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 142</span>who will burn with rage, and vent +his displeasure on Christ’s followers. Also the +barbarism and savage disposition of the Pagans will be let +loose. Then will the dragon tear and destroy. This +will, indeed, be a day or time of visitation. The political +disturbances will be terrible. Nation against nation +plotting and deceiving; internal strife and outward +dangers. These are of a kind to appal one in reading +them. Then come the temporal or physical evils. These +are to be a horrible train of ills in the form of pestilence, +famine, and earthquakes. The plague of yellow fever is as +nought to some of the scourges that will then go forth. +Gibbon, the historian, tells of a plague that swept away +two-thirds of Europe and Asia. At that time the dead lay +unburied by thousands. In Constantinople, for three months, +five and even ten thousand persons died daily. The famines +in India and China give us some idea of those yet to come. +Of the earthquakes, such as have been will be repeated in +increasing terror, violence, and destruction. To all these +shall be added fire from heaven, hail, whirlwinds, and +floods. These are times that will try men’s +souls. Read the prophets for yourselves, and range +yourselves on the Lord’s side.</p> +<h2><!-- page 143--><a name="page143"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 143</span>WONDERS OF THE FUTURE.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XIV.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">PURPOSE OF THE FLOOD—THE ABRAHAMIC +CURRENT—RENDING MOUNT OLIVET—FORMER +EARTHQUAKES—BOUNDARIES OF PALESTINE—DAN AND GAD TO +GUARD THE “GATES”—GAD THE SCOTCHMAN—THE +FUTURE JERUSALEM—THE DEAD SEA AND MEDITERRANEAN TO BE +JOINED—MISTAKE OF SPIRITUALISING EVERYTHING.</p> +<blockquote><p>“And His feet shall stand in that day upon +the Mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the East: and +the Mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the +East and toward the West, and there shall be a very great valley; +and half the mountain shall remove toward the North, and half of +it toward the South.”—Zech. xiv. 4.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Some four thousand years ago the earth was washed with the +regenerating waters of a terrible flood. Millions were +suddenly cut off, with their handiwork and antediluvian +civilisation. The swelling floods subsided, and the +God-avenging waters retired to their appointed place. The +earth again stood forth in virgin strength, lonely, bare, and +citiless, but with a potency and promise inviting and +grand. Across these swelling floods one craft had been +safely borne; in it was stored the seed-stock of a new world of +man and beast. The destruction had been complete and +terrible. If we credit Dr. Gurney and others who have +written on this subject, the population far exceeded the +inhabitants of to-day. But whether they did or did not, we +know that many must have perished, and civilisation must have +been hurled back to a primitive beginning. No doubt the +present seas and oceans cover over the ruins of that age. +Eliphaz, the Temanite, when addressing Job, said: “Hast +thou marked the old way, which wicked men have trodden, which +were cut down out of time? <i>whose foundation was overflown with +a flood</i>?” Now is it not reasonable to <!-- page +144--><a name="page144"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +144</span>suppose that in this and every other great change in +nature God has a purpose—a design agreeable with His own +exalted character? He is too wise to err, and too good to +be unkind. The flood came for the same reason that He only +gave Adam one wife. And what was that reason? It was +that He might fill the world with a godly seed. “And +did not He make one? Yet had He the residue of the +Spirit. And wherefore one? That He might seek a godly +seed” (Mal. ii. 15). The same Spirit which made one +Eve could have made twenty, for the residue of the Spirit was +with Him. It was in the interest of morality and godliness +that the flood came.</p> +<p>When this design began to fail of being accomplished by the +increased wickedness of the post-diluvians, then God called +Abram, and through Abraham and his seed designed that this +purpose should flow on and be fulfilled. Through this +Abrahamic channel flow all the purposes of a Divine Providence in +this world. Through his seed all the nations of the earth +are to be blessed. The children of Abraham are the +appointed and Divinely authorised agents of God. Through +them, as primary, he has, and is, and will evangelise the +world. Abraham stands to the generations of earth as the +Gulf-stream to Europe and the isles of the sea. This +Gulf-stream is our largest river; being the longest, broadest, +and deepest. Its bottom and banks are cold water. +Compressed by the straits of Florida, it rushes forth to warm and +replenish the earth and isles of the sea. So the forces of +a Divine Providence compressed in Abraham go forth to bless +mankind. The Gulf-stream is water in water, and +Abraham’s seed are men among men. Providence is at +once clear and intelligible, and history is at once plain, +reasonable, and harmonious, when interpreted in harmony with the +Abrahamic covenant. The scattering and returning of Israel +and Judah to Palestine, and the intervening history, from the +time of dispersion to the Return, is clear as noon-day. +Their location, oppression, prosperity, <!-- page 145--><a +name="page145"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 145</span>and +victories, have long been foretold by prophets inspired of +God.</p> +<p>Through all the changes in nature God has a design. He +prepared the world for Adam and his seed, and He did so by some +wonderful upheaving and overturning; this scientists will +admit. This world, in its present shape and condition, +indicates fierce and protracted struggles. The outlines of +strange and sublime revolutions are imprinted on her rock-ribbed +bosom. Look at her cloud-capped mountains, her snow-crowned +peaks, her wild and rocky wastes, her barren plains and sandy +deserts, her fruitful hills and luxuriant valleys, her mighty +oceans and swelling seas, her inland lakes and rolling rivers; +these tell us of a time long ago—of the time when the +Mighty One went forth to work a work, to build a house and make a +home for His creature, man. And as it was necessary in the +preparatory stage to tune nature to the coming man, so all along +through the history of the centuries we find nature holding a +subordinate relation to man. The world is not run on one +principle and man on another, but both are permeated by a Divine +force and led on to a Divine end. All things are ours, and +we are Christ’s, and Christ is God’s; this is the +established order of subordination. Most certainly it +cannot be unscientific in the Author of nature to make the same +His messenger for good or evil. It is not unscientific to +throw a line from the shore to a ship in distress, even though +thrown from the mouth of a cannon, nor is it counted unscientific +to use that same cannon in war to destroy men.</p> +<p>The earthquake spoken of in the text is, indeed, a small +affair in comparison to some that have occurred in this world; +and if the same God be living now as then, surely He can rend in +twain the little mountain of Olivet. And if we grant to the +infidel scientist of to-day the fact that there is no God, still +the thing prophesied of is neither unreasonable or impossible, +<!-- page 146--><a name="page146"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +146</span>because what has been may be again; and as the demand +in this case is small in comparison to what has been, surely this +thing may come to pass. In times past Providence and the +wants of the Church have been timely aided by convulsions in +nature, and if they were only so accidentally, why then +accidentally they may all agree again. To the scientist, +especially the geologist, there can be no great difficulty in +crediting the miracles of the text when we think of the +successive revolutions that have taken place. Fires, and +floods, and earthquakes, have done sublime service in the past, +whether we credit the same to Nature or to God. That an +earthquake, or any peculiar expression of nature, should be timed +to meet a special condition of the Church or the special purposes +of a Providence, is not strange. In such an event there +really is no more wonder than that a man should set an alarm on +his clock to go off at three minutes past four in the +morning. Some men can swallow big things if you will only +allow them to make out the author to be Nature. But whether +we attribute the things past to Nature or to God, we know that +wonderful things have happened.</p> +<p>Seismology, the science of earthquakes, is by no means void of +interest. The earthquake catalogue of the British +Association takes notice of, and records the occurrence of, over +6,000 that happened between 1606 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +and 1842 <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> Some of these have +been terrible in force, destruction, and extent, oftentimes +changing the whole face of a country, its climate, and river +courses. The great earthquake of 1783 in Calabria, probably +caused the death of 100,000 people; it was felt over a great part +of Europe. The city of Lisbon was visited on the morning of +November 1st, 1755, with an earthquake so severe that in a few +minutes 60,000 persons perished, and most of the city was +destroyed and buried beneath the water of the bay some 600 +feet.</p> +<p>The country given to Abraham embraces all of what we call <!-- +page 147--><a name="page147"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +147</span>Syria. It is central, and specially adapted for +the future purposes of God through Abraham’s seed. +Beginning with the North-west corner, the boundaries will be +Mount Taurus, river Euphrates, Persian Gulf, Arabian Sea, Red +Sea, River Nile, and Mediterranean, enclosing Syria, Arabia +Deserts, Arabia Felix and Arabia Petrœa. Thus it will +be seen that the Abrahamic inheritance is surrounded by water, +except at two points—namely, the North-west land boundary, +which is between the Euphrates and the Mediterranean Sea. +The entrance is through the mountain range of Taurus, and forms a +natural gate or mountain pass from Europe and Asia into +Palestine. Here, when the Tribes are resettled in the land +of Palestine, this gate will be in the allotment of Dan. +Our Irish brethren will again be in the North-west, where they +will have to fight and defend the land and the truth, as in days +of old, for their brethren. The fact is, “Dan shall +judge his people as one of the Tribes of Israel,” said old +Jacob. The judge in olden times sat in the gate. So +will Dan sit. Moses said that Dan was a lion’s +whelp. Among Israel it is customary to put lions as guards +at gateways. The Southwest corner, between the +Mediterranean and the Sea of Suez, forms the other land +boundary. Through this gate will come the teeming millions +of Africa. At this gate will be the Tribe of Gad—that +is, a portion of the Scotch, the lowlanders. The Tribes +will be hemmed in one by another so that they cannot enlarge +their territory; but Gad can, for a vast country opens up beyond +the gate. It is barren; still the desert is to blossom as a +rose. Of Gad it was said by Moses, “Blessed be He +that enlargeth Gad; he dwelleth as a lion and teareth the arm +with the crown of the head. And he provided the first part +for himself, because there, in a portion of the lawgiver, was he +seated.” You remember that Sinai is in this +portion. What sight and foresight Jacob and Moses +had! The land as thus bounded would be 600 miles broad from +the Red Sea to the River <!-- page 148--><a +name="page148"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 148</span>Euphrates, +and 1,390 between the Red Sea and Persian Gulf, and from the +Mediterranean to the Arabian Sea, 1,600. These boundaries +you will glean by taking note of the several promises to Abraham +and his seed, as recorded in Gen. xv. 10, and Exod. xxiii. 31, +and Deut. xi. 24. The land so promised and given specially +to Abraham and his seed, the descendants of Abraham never yet +occupied, no, not half of it, even in the palmy days of King +Solomon. Will it ever be? We answer, Yes, as sure as +the seasons and night and day. He is faithful that has +promised, and will do it.</p> +<p>This remarkable peninsula will be the theatre of the future +glory of Israel and Judah. As finely described by the Rev. +A. B. Grimaldi, it will be found to be most exactly and suitably +placed to enable them to fulfil their high destiny to all +nations, and become the centre of all lands, the praise and +beauty of the whole earth. This land has, in fact, a +central position for communication, commerce, and all other +advantages of civilisation not enjoyed by any other portion of +land in the whole world; while the peculiar geographical +formation is such that it has an immense seaboard, and is +therefore fitted for vaster commercial and naval operations than +have ever yet been seen, commanding, as it does, the three most +important seas and the two largest rivers of the whole world.</p> +<p>This land, as laid out by Ezekiel, will be divided into +thirteen longitudinal strips, sixty miles long, and twenty +broad. In the very centre will be a portion, some fifty +miles square, which will be divided and apportioned to what is +called the holy oblation—namely, in the very middle will be +the temple, a mile square, or larger than ever the whole city of +Jerusalem has yet been. Then the city will be ten miles +square. On one side will be a portion for the priests; on +another, a portion for the Levites; and on the other two sides, +the prince’s or king’s portion. This portion, +which will be on the East and West sides, will be sixty miles +long by ten broad, or some 600 miles <!-- page 149--><a +name="page149"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +149</span>square. But it is clear he will need it, for he +will not be supported by taxes. He will have to judge the +land. He cannot take any more land. He will have to +support his own family. No public grant to his +children. He will have to be liberal with the temple. +He will have sixty miles of sea coast to defend and sixty miles +of land frontier to protect, and thus cover some of the weaker +tribes. The city will have 720 square miles as a suburb, in +which to raise supplies specially for itself. It will in +reality be in two parts—one called by the prophets the +profane; here will the commercial business be done. The +other part will be sacred. Into it strangers will not +enter; it will be holy—a quiet habitation. +“There the glorious Lord will be unto us a place of broad +rivers and streams, wherein shall go no gaily with oars, neither +shall gallant ships pass thereby.” The city proper +will be some thirty miles North of the present city of +Jerusalem.</p> +<h2><!-- page 150--><a name="page150"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 150</span>NINETEEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY-SEVEN.<br +/> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XVI.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">“SIGNS OF THE TIMES”—THE +RETURN TO JERUSALEM—FORCES OF RUSSIA AND +ENGLAND—PRESENT LOCALITY OF ANCIENT NATIONS—ORIGIN OF +AMERICAN REPUBLICANISM—FEDERATION OF THE NATIONS +COMING—EVOLUTION AND DEVOLUTION.</p> +<blockquote><p>“Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to +the thousand three hundred and five and thirty +days.”—Daniel xii. 12.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>So according to the prophet Daniel there is a time to come in +which it will be blessed to live. The prophecies of Daniel +are generally of a material character—that is, they have +special reference to this world politically, and to this end he +had direct and special reference to certain kingdoms in existence +at the time of writing, as well as others that were to come into +being. Of all the prophets he concerns himself the most +with positive data of the rise and fall of nations. The +figures of the data used, we freely confess, are difficult to +understand and interpret. The Church and times are greatly +in need of some man competent on this point. All prophetic +students know the diversity and confusion in this department of +theology. Of all the difficult departments of theology none +exceed the numerical. The numerical symbolism of the Bible +is as yet but little understood. True, indeed, we are +improving. Aided by Providence, we are enabled to interpret +some dates by data—that is, certain events occurring locate +us and point out the prophetic period we are in. Like the +captain who is unable by his certain and usual modes of +calculating to find his whereabouts, does so by currents, the +Gulf-stream, islands, colour of waters, &c., did we know the +exact quantity of Daniel’s two thousand and three hundred +days, his times, time, and half <!-- page 151--><a +name="page151"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 151</span>a time, his +seventy weeks, his thousand two hundred and ninety days, and the +thousand three hundred and five and thirty days, then we could +deal with the prophecies with a definitiveness to which as yet we +are strangers.</p> +<p>The times, however, are peculiarly interesting from the very +fact that the Church is waking up to the importance of prophetic +study. “Coming events cast their shadows +before,” is a trite but true saying, and here as true as +anywhere. Men feel in their fears and hopes the pressure of +prophecy. The Church is remarkably anxious and +unrest. Governments are suspicious and confused. The +populace are restless and threatening. Indeed, everything +conspires in Church, State, and people, to forecast the +future. A thunderstorm is felt before it is seen or +heard. It shadows the mind, thrills the nerves, and pains +the rheumatic limbs. Many in 1858 felt war coming in our +own country. Many were at a loss to interpret their +fears. Some, however, interpreted the signs of the time and +sounded an alarm.</p> +<p>The few years to come are pregnant with angry forces. +Men are busy in Russia, Germany, France, England, and America, +sowing the winds, and the harvest will surely be +whirlwinds. But, beyond all, the sky is clear. War +ceases, commerce revives, the nations accept a settled peace, +science and religion join hand in hand to prepare the wastes and +woes of war. The beast is overcome, Anti-Christ is slain, +and the dragon is banished from the earth. Jerusalem again +rises in splendour from the grave of desolation. Again +Canaan will become the glory of all lands, and Jerusalem the +glory of Canaan. Here, again, after centuries of wandering, +shall the throne of David find rest, and on it one of +David’s seed, chosen and anointed of God, accepted of men, +and served by the nations. Crowned and imperial Salem shall +become the home of her long-captive sons and daughters. +Israel and Judah shall meet together, and shall be one stick, one +people, having one head, one throne, one city, one Lord, even +Jesus. “Therefore, they shall come and <!-- page +152--><a name="page152"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +152</span>sing in the height of Zion, and shall flow together to +the goodness of the Lord, for wheat, and for wine, and for oil, +and for the young of the flock and of the herd; and their soul +shall be as a watered garden, and they shall not sorrow any more +at all” (Jeremiah xxxi. 12).</p> +<p>No one can read the prophecies that find their fulfilment +after the battle of Armageddon—or, as the prophets have it, +“after those days”—without being ravished with +delight. Israel in her palmy days, and Judah in her +glory! A nation called of God, and ruled by God through +David or Solomon; how inviting! When Heaven was their +Defence and Provider; when the fidelity of men to God was enough +of defence, and the morality of a people was a rich manure giving +an abundant harvest in field, stall, and orchard; then we see the +true position of a nation, its grandeur and prosperity. I +am convinced that morality has a more intimate relation with the +forces and wealth of nature than we are in the habit of +believing. God can give increased measure to the harvest, +fruitfulness to the vine, plenty in the orchard, increase in the +stall, and addition to the household. Time upon time are +these blessings promised by the prophets to Israel and Judah in +the latter day.</p> +<p>Take notice of a few statements of the prophets responding to +those times—the times that will ensue after the Ten Lost +Tribes of Israel and the Jews are again possessed of, and settled +in, Palestine. Jeremiah, in the 30th chapter and 31st, +refers to those times: “For lo, the days come, saith the +Lord, that I will bring again the captivity of My people, Israel +and Judah, saith the Lord; and I will cause them to return to the +land that I gave to their fathers, and they shall possess +it”—referring to this time and the battle of +Armageddon, in which Israel will be tested as we have before +shown. “Alas! for that day is great, so that none is +like it; it is even the time of Jacob’s trouble; but he +shall be saved out of it.” Now, we ask, <!-- page +153--><a name="page153"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +153</span>why will it be specially a time of trouble? We +answer, Because of the strength of the combined forces that will +be arrayed against Israel—that is, England. The +forces, as set forth in the Scriptures, are <i>thirteen on one +side</i>, <i>led by Russia</i>, and <i>four on the other</i>, +which will be <i>led by England</i>. The <i>thirteen</i> +are: 1st, Gog; 2nd, Magog; 3rd, Rosh; 4th, Meshech; 5th, Tubal; +6th, Persia; 7th, Ethiopia; 8th, Libya; 9th, Gomer; 10th, +Togarmah; 11th, the Beast; 12th, the Dragon; and 13th, +Anti-Christ. The <i>four</i> are: 1st, Sheba; 2nd, Dedan; +3rd, Merchants of Tarshish with all their young lions; 4th, the +Jews and Israelites settled in Palestine, that will not be led +astray by Anti-Christ.</p> +<p>To understand the prophets when forecasting the future, we +must keep in mind that in speaking of a nation’s destiny in +the future, they would speak of it by the name it had at that +time, if such a nation had an existence at that time. But +in course of time, such nations would change their name, and +sometimes locality; in such a case they must be found. For +instance, if one desires to know the destiny of Turkey, he will +find it set forth by the prophets under the name of Edom and +Esau. Moab and Ammon are found in the Poles and Hungarians; +they were the sons of Lot. In all parts of the world the +children of Abraham have an attachment for each other. Thus +India was peopled at first by the descendants of Abraham; hence +they will mix with, and accept English rule sooner than any other +people. “But unto the sons of the concubines which +Abraham had, Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from Isaac +his son, while he yet lived, Eastward, unto the East +country” (Gen. xxv. 6). If we trace back the origin +of a people to their head or founder, we will better understand +their peculiarities and national idiosyncrasies. Study +Ishmael to understand the Arabs, Esau to understand the Turks, +Ammon and Moab to understand the Poles and Hungarians. +Study the character and condition of Manasseh in Egypt, as <!-- +page 154--><a name="page154"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +154</span>being brought up in a palace, and being the lawful +heir, but deprived of his birthright by a Providence which he +could not understand, and you have at once a key to the Pilgrim +character, and the characteristics of a real American—why +he hates titles, kings, and aristocracies. But he forgets +not the place of his youth when he had the great seal made; for +on the reverse of the great seal of the United States you will +have the figure of a Pyramid crowned with the All-seeing +eye. No Tribe but the Tribe of Manasseh could say, or did +say, “We are a great people.” Yet so this Tribe +said to Joshua (see Josh. xvii.). So we often say, +“We are a great people.”</p> +<p>Rachel and Leah, the two wives of Jacob, are the real source +of the separation of the Ten Tribes of Israel from Judah. +Each wife sought to have her son as a leader. Thus between +Judah and Joseph began the spirit of rivalry. Ephraim took +up the cause of Rachel. David and Saul’s bitterness +lies here. David stood for Leah, and Saul for Rachel. +The descendants of the North of Ireland, being from the Tribe of +Dan, have ever been distinct from the rest of the Irish in +features, enterprise, spirit and religion; for the others are the +Canaanites of old, the Philistines.</p> +<p>Who do the thirteen enemies stand for to-day? Let me +answer you briefly. Gog stands for the Caucasians or +mountain tribes of Caucasus. Magog covers the inhabitants +and country North of the Caucasian mountains, and they are known +as Tartars. Rosh, or Roosh, means the real Russians. +Their ruler is called by the Prophet Ezekiel <i>Nasi +Roosh</i>. We translate it the chief prince of +Meshech. This portion, or people of Russia, are the old +Babylonians, hence the hate and rivalry between England and that +nation. Meshech means the Muscovites, who made Moscow what +it is. Tubal is found in the Siberians. Meshech and +Tubal are generally mentioned together in the Scriptures, and, +strange to say, they are found together in history to-day. +Moscow is the capital of Meshech, <!-- page 155--><a +name="page155"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 155</span>for though +to the world St. Petersburgh seems to be, yet every imperial +document is signed and dated Moscow. Tobolski is the +capital of Tubal or Siberia. Persia still retains its +ancient name, and will be easily recognised. Also the same +with Ethiopia. Libya takes in a portion of the African +race. Gomer stands for the Germans in part, for those who +descended from Gomer. From this word Gomer is Gomeron, +Gemren, and the country Germia, hence, Germany and Germans. +Togarmah includes the people of Independent Tartary. The +Dragon includes China. The Beast, the Jesuits and their +followers, which will take in France, Spain, Italy, and South +America; and at first divide even England, especially Ireland, +and the United States. Anti-Christ will be chiefly +sustained by the Jews, who will have been settled in +Palestine.</p> +<p>The four opposing forces led by England: Sheba represents +India, who is already training for this time of battle. +Dedan embraces Arabia, especially that part occupied by the +Sultan of Muscat. Merchants of Tarshish and all the young +lions, means England and her colonies, in which is embraced the +United States. Manasseh will have to stretch out a helping +hand to Jacob in the time of his trouble, for she cannot allow +liberty to be enslaved, and freedom of worship and conscience to +be trampled under foot. The plague will come here sooner +than we think, by a civil and internal division among ourselves, +which will force us to take part. The Jews that are not +carried away with Anti-Christ will join with their brethren of +Israel. The called, the chosen, and the faithful, will be +one party, and they will be on the Lord’s side.</p> +<p>If during the late Turkish war we could have had our +despatches agreeable to ancient names of people and country, they +would have sounded queer. Instead of reading of the +Russians passing the Caucasus, and moving upon Erzeroum by way of +Kars, we should have read: Rapid advance of the Babylonians under +the chief prince of Meshech. Successful <!-- page 156--><a +name="page156"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 156</span>passage of +the Pison. The whole land of Havilah occupied. The +men of Togarmah rally at Gihon. Fierce fighting in +Eden. The invaders defeated in the mountains of +Ararat. For according to ancient names of people and +country, such was the fact. It is comforting to all +God’s people to know from His Word that there is a time of +peace; that there is a golden age in the near future. Dr. +McKay has the Christian idea in his poem:</p> +<blockquote><p>“There is a good time coming, boys,<br /> +Wait a little longer;<br /> +Let us aid it all we can,<br /> +Every woman, every man,<br /> +The good time coming.”</p> +</blockquote> +<p>When will the 1,335 days of years, spoken of in the text, +end? We answer, About the year 1957. And why that +year? Because these days evidently date there, beginning +from the time the daily sacrifice is taken away and the city +trodden under foot. The little goat horn of Daniel viii. 9 +stands, we have before shown you, for Turkey. “And +out of one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed +exceeding great toward the South, and toward the East, and toward +the pleasant land.” It stands for Mahommedanism, +which was to overturn Christianity for a given period, a time, +times, and a half time, or in figures, 1260. Now Mahommed +was accepted and crowned at Mecca in the year 622. If we +add 1260 and 622, we have 1882—a time that is very plainly +pointed out in the Pyramid. Daniel says, “Seventy +weeks are determined upon Thy people and upon Thy holy +city,” Jerusalem. These weeks put into prophetic +years make 490, which, of course, brings us to the time when +Jerusalem was destroyed by Titus. Daniel asked how long the +vision concerning the daily sacrifice and transgression of +desolation to give the sanctuary and people to be trodden +down? The answer was, Unto 2,300 days, taking a day for a +year. Jerusalem was destroyed in the year 70. Take +this from 490 <!-- page 157--><a name="page157"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 157</span>and we have 420. Now these 420 +years taken from 2,300 will bring 1880. Then the sanctuary +is to be cleansed—that is, Jerusalem will be in the +possession of England. She now is.</p> +<p>From about 1880, or 1882, England will possess +Jerusalem. In the twelfth chapter of Daniel, eleventh +verse, we find thirty days added to the 1,200, making 1,290; +these added thirty years denote the time England will have to +contend for her right to Palestine. It will finally be +acknowledged, however, by all nations. In 1935 the battle +of Armageddon will end, but Palestine will not be fully settled +down to a peaceful possession till 1957. Then the +government will be fully established and acknowledged all over +the world. The kings and Gentile nations will have gone up +to Jerusalem and given in their adherence. Then all the +world will be federated to David’s throne. The year +1957 I arrive at by the same rule as the other—1,335 when +added to 622, makes 1,957. “Blessed,” says +Daniel, “are they who see that time.”</p> +<p>The world is to undergo some marvellous changes these next few +years—mechanically, politically, socially, and morally; the +telephone, the phonograph, the microphone, the telemachole and +coming improvements will transform our modes of labour and +learning beyond our present conception. God times +inventions and improvements to the advancement of His +kingdom.</p> +<p>I do not regard inventions as mere accidents, but as the +outcoming of a Divine intent through human agencies. Watts +and Wesley both did good service for the Church and the +world. Edison and others of kindred minds are scientific +prophets. “The earth is the Lord’s and the +fulness thereof.” All is made subservient to the +progress of the kingdom of heaven. The doctrine of the +evolution of man as taught by Darwin is neither complimentary to +man or God; but the doctrine of devolution is. Man is a +developing creature; a creature who takes centuries to grow +in. The devolution of God is through man by means of all +the increasing facilities <!-- page 158--><a +name="page158"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 158</span>and +agencies that make man stronger, wiser, and better. The +secret powers and forces of nature are revealed to man in the +ratio of his ability to apply them, on the same scale as we +instruct our children.</p> +<p>In the latter days, or the period spoken of by Daniel, nature +will be Divinely prompted with an impulse of generosity not now +known, for then men will be wise enough, strong enough, and good +enough, to use the same and not abuse. The prophetic +teachings glow with promises of regaling plenty, peace and good +will in those days. “I will multiply upon you man and +beasts; and they shall increase and bring fruit; and I will +settle you after your old estates, and will do better unto you +than at your beginnings; and ye shall know that I am the +Lord” (Ezek. xxxvi. 11). Again: “I will +multiply the fruit of the tree, and the increase of the field, +that ye receive no more reproach of famine, among the +heathen.” I submit and believe that all this God will +do by what men are pleased to call natural law. The Divine +will not rudely break in upon His own established laws.</p> +<p>Sin impairs the energy and growth of man, and so infringes +upon Nature. As man frees himself from the bondage and +sequences of sin, he will rise higher and higher in his command +and authority over Nature’s forces. Three several +times the earth has been cursed, which curse is gradually removed +as man returns unto his God in loving and obedient service. +“And now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened +her mouth to receive thy brother’s blood from thy +hand. When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth +yield unto thee her strength” (Gen. iv. 11). The +secret of a world’s wealth and peace lies here, and it were +well if reformers and agitators understood this. For they +work best who work in harmony with God and His laws.</p> +<p style="text-align: center"><!-- page 159--><a +name="page159"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 159</span> +<a href="images/p159.jpg"> +<img alt="Pyramid picture" src="images/p159.jpg" /> +</a></p> +<blockquote><p>“In that day there shall be an altar to the +Lord in the midst of the land of Egypt, and a pillar at the +border thereof to the Lord; and it shall be for a sign and for a +witness unto the Lord of hosts in the land of +Egypt.”—Isaiah xix. 19.</p> +</blockquote> +<h2>THE STONE WITNESS. <a name="citation159"></a><a +href="#footnote159" class="citation">[159]</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XVII.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">THE GREAT PYRAMID—WHO JOB WAS—WHO +BUILT THE PYRAMID—WHAT IT WAS BUILT FOR—AN EPITOME OF +THE EARTH—THE HISTORY OF MAN CONTAINED IN IT, PAST AND +FUTURE—SCIENCE AND THE BIBLE, ETC., ETC.</p> +<p>The wonderful discourses of the Rev. Dr. Wild, of Brooklyn, +were continued last Sunday evening, before a thronged +congregation in Elm Place Church. Under the organ gallery, +behind the pulpit, was a representation of the Pyramid, or as the +learned doctor terms it, “the stone Bible,” its +massive rectangular dark stone foundation and some of the most +interesting of its interior passages, chambers, and +mysteries. All eyes were fastened in scrutiny upon it, well +knowing that some revelation of unusual Christian interest would +be made by the Doctor from it as soon as his lecture +commenced. The preliminary exercises of singing <!-- page +160--><a name="page160"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 160</span>by +a well-trained choir and prayer were therefore impatiently +listened to by many whose thoughts were concentrated on the +wonders of the Pyramid and its astounding confirmation of the +prophetic Scriptures. Dr. Wild read a lesson from Job +xxxviii., remarking that the author of that book was also the +engineering director or architectural author of the Pyramid and +identical with Shem and Melchisedec. The book of Job is the +oldest book in the world by 200 or 300 years. Shem, or Job, +was ninety-eight years old when he entered the ark, and he lived +thirty years after Abraham, with whom therefore he shook hands, +as well as with Methuselah, who shook hands with Adam. Only +one man, therefore, stood between Adam and Shem, and only two, or +not quite two, between Adam and Abraham. The book of +Berosus, of Babylon, is the only one that compares with Job in +antiquity. This was the age of tradition before Moses +compiled the first portions of it. In the days of Abraham, +Shem was the patriarch, or oldest, of his family; and it was +therefore to him he did homage, according to the patriarchal +custom, under the name of Melchisedec, when returning from the +slaughter of the kings. Shem had brought with him from the +days before the flood much of the knowledge and wisdom which had +been accumulated in the earth during the 2,000 years previous to +that event, and which was swept away when only eight persons were +saved in the ark. We have been told that the human race has +gradually improved, and that our ancestors in far off ages were +monkeys, or something of that sort, but the remains of the ruins +and knowledge of antiquity show everything the reverse of this to +be the truth. Look at that Pyramid. We could not +build it to-day, with all our boasted science. It will bear +in every respect the closest scientific scrutiny. Our +greatest scientists are only beginning to comprehend the depths +of its mysteries, yet it is over 4,000 years old. The +capstone on top of it is a Pyramid in itself, in miniature, +unlike anything of the kind or any other building on the +earth. The <!-- page 161--><a name="page161"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 161</span>reverend gentleman then continued to +read from Job xxxviii., and shew that the writer of it was master +of astronomical and geographical science and the builder of the +Pyramid, which is a miniature of the measurement of the earth and +indicates the history of the human race. After this +preliminary dissertation he took for his text Isaiah xxviii. 29: +“This also cometh forth from the Lord of hosts, which is +wonderful in counsel, and excellent in working.”</p> +<p>The Bible is a growing book, being more read and better +understood as the years pass by; and as men shall increase in +knowledge and power, so the Bible will gain in influence and +authority. Opposition to its teaching, and vaunting denial +of its authority, shall be made subservient to its interests by +goading on the Church to a wiser and more noble defence and +exposition of the same. No theology can levy upon the +well-defined facts of science in confirmation of the sublime +teachings of inspiration. The Christian student need not +hold himself in timid dread for fear the scientist will discover +aught in the realms of nature that will contradict the Word of +God: for as sure as God is the Author of both, so surely shall we +find an agreement between revelation and science at every point +truly understood—increased light means increased +evidence. Nations and men, nature and Providence, are +united witnesses for God, and the Scriptures, and the more we +know of the past, the better shall we understand the present and +forecast the future. Let us recognise the future. Let +us recognise the important difference between the Bible +subjectively and objectively—that is, between what the +Bible really is and what men think it is. Let us be free +enough, bold enough, and wise enough, to claim the Bible +itself. Let us unyoke it from tradition, which claims to be +superior, or even equal. Let us divorce it from councils, +from creeds, from sects and denominations; let us lift it up out +of the ecclesiastical rut of ages. Let us with a +commendable pride count ourselves <!-- page 162--><a +name="page162"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 162</span>worthy and +able to formulate our own creeds, make our own prayers and +confessions, accounting that the liberties of our fathers have +been bequeathed to their children, and that the same God who gave +them liberty and power is no less gracious to us, their +offsprings. Traditions, councils, creeds, and degrees are +worth much unto us as aids to a higher life, and a nobler +civilisation. The Christian fathers, the Luthers, Calvins, +Knoxes, Wesleys, and others, were our servants, as we will be the +servants of coming generations. They worked grandly, they +wrought well, they procured for us a goodly heritage; to them we +are indebted. Yet it was not their purpose nor the design +of Providence to enslave us, or to stereotype the Church for the +ages to come. Increased light is increased evidence, +enabling us the better to understand the Word of God. When +a publisher has stereotyped a book, he is naturally loath to make +any change or correction; so Churches who have stereotyped the +Bible are very unwilling to change, to receive light. +Hence, they are sometimes found opposing the march of a better +civilisation, proving and sustaining all manner of institutions +and tyrannies: the torturing and terrible Inquisition of Spain, +the punishment and hanging of supposed witches by England and New +England, the bondage and slavery of the South. So, to prove +their creeds and systems correct, they each have a mode of their +own, Catholic, Episcopalian, Baptist, Congregational, Methodist, +&c. <i>So also</i>, theologians have often been +impatient to reconcile the Scriptures with history, even to +suggest mistakes in the sacred record. Instance Daniel +being made the <span class="smcap">Third Ruler</span>. +<i>They supposed it meant second</i>, but later researches show +that Babylon had two rulers at that time—namely, +Nebuchadnezzar and Belshazzar—so Daniel was made a +third. See the remains of Borsippia, near Babylon (Dan. v. +29). Now we know that both Daniel and Berosus, the old +Babylonian historians, were right, and the Bible was right in +using the word third. God in His revelation has always been +equal to man’s need. Tradition—Abraham <!-- +page 163--><a name="page163"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +163</span>saw Shem, for Shem lived some thirty years after +Abraham’s death. Shem, and Melchisedek, and Job, are +likely the same person. Certainly, Shem and Melchisedek are +the same, and by Egyptian historians called Philitis. This +Philitis was the builder of the Great Pyramid. Now Shem saw +Methuselah and Methuselah Adam. Thus, then, tradition would +be sufficient. As tradition failed, the written Word +began. There is little doubt now but that <i>Shem</i>, +called also Melchisedek, was the builder of the Pyramid, being +instructed of God, as his father Noah had been in building the +ark, and as Moses with the tabernacle, and Solomon with the +temple, as the prophet in the text and context shows that the +wisdom of the man is often the gift of God. <i>See Moses +also</i>. “And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying: +See, I have called by name Bezaleel, the son of Uri, the son of +Hur, of the Tribe of Judah; and I have filled him with the Spirit +of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in +all manner of workmanship: to devise cunning works, to work in +gold, and in silver, and in brass, and in cutting of stones, to +set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of +workmanship. And, behold, I have given him Aholiab, the son +of Ahisamach, of the Tribe of Dan; and in the hearts of all that +are wise-hearted I have put wisdom that they may make all that I +have commanded thee” (Exodus xxxi. 1–6).</p> +<p>Let us look at this building, for it is a special revelation +for these times. For this precise and scientific day God +has provided. Science and the Bible are interlocked in this +building; they agree, they testify for the same God, yet they +witness to the same Christ, the Providence and history of His +chosen people. This stone book could not be read till now; +it even takes the most precise scientific men of the day to read +it. For thousands of years there has been no one in the +court of the world able to question and interpret this witness of +the Lord in Egypt. The scientists have been asking for some +<!-- page 164--><a name="page164"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +164</span>other revelation than the Bible, for the supernatural +in a scientific form, for something beyond man, for something all +could see, for something that would answer to pure science, for +something that could be seen, handled, measured, tested, and +amenable to mathematics; something superhuman, for something in +which the human and the Divine blend. Thank Heaven, all +they ask is granted in this stone monument. Here we have +science forecast for thousands of years; here we have the +grandest of problems in science solved, and the sublimest +phenomena of religion and science crystalised, symbolising and +teaching the most marvellous facts in religion, sociology, and +astronomy. It is not a tomb, nor granary, nor temple, but a +pillar and witness unto the Lord of hosts. Think of a few +facts. 1. Its location, the centre of the land surface of +the whole earth. Hence the best zero point on earth for +meridianal and latitudinal calculations. Central to +clime—here is no rust, moss, nor frosts to destroy, nor +earthquake—a well-chosen spot for such a pillar. 2. +Its form and size—symbolising the earth quantity in its +weight of five millions of tons—the freight of 1,250 of the +largest steamers leaving New York. Its shape, or +inclination from base to apex, the same as from the pole to the +equator. To express this the builder sloped in ten feet for +every nine in height. On this building the sun can shine +upon the whole of it twice a year without a shadow. This +building is the most correctly orient of any structure on the +earth. It is the highest, largest, and oldest building on +earth, rising to the height of 486 feet and a fraction, which +height if multiplied by ten nine times gives the distance of the +earth from the sun; or pile a thousand million pyramids one on +the other, and the last would touch the sun. As it stood +perfect it was the circle squared; for the height is the radius +of a circle, whose circumference, if divided into four equal +parts, each part would equal one of the surface sides of the +base—closer in approximation than Walli’s +Indivisibles, or Newton’s Fluxions, or <!-- page 165--><a +name="page165"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +165</span>Liebnitz’s Calculus. The door of entrance +was some forty-nine feet from its base, and 300 inches East of +the centre, so as at once to express the tilt of the +earth’s axis from the plane of its orbit, and by its height +from the ground express the Precession of the Equinoxes. +What a witness outwardly, when complete, of polished marble, +covering some thirteen and a half acres, within and without clean +and free from idolatrous marks. But God foretold the place +and purpose of this huge pile through the prophet Isaiah (xix. +19, 20): “In that day shall there be an altar to the Lord +in the midst of the land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border +thereof to the Lord. And it shall be for a sign and for a +witness unto the Lord of hosts in the land of Egypt.” +Here we see the <i>altar and pillar</i> are <i>one</i> and the +same, and a scientific fact is expressed when the prophet says it +shall be in the midst and on the border. The position of +the Pyramid is such, being at the sector point of Upper and Lower +Egypt, thus being on the border of both, yet in the midst. +The sector point of the arm is where the wrist joins the +hand. The spreading hand represents Lower, and the arm +Upper Egypt. (See on frontispiece the sector plate.)</p> +<p>May we ask what the pillar and witness—the +Pyramid—has to say on the Jewish question, for it has not +left this fact unnoticed? At the junction of the first +ascending passage with the Grand Gallery, on the left-hand side, +or East, there is a horizontal passage-way leading to what is +called the Queen’s Chamber. This chamber is on the +twenty-fifth course of masonry. Now, it is allowed, the +Grand Gallery expresses the time of Christ’s advent and +fulness of time—enlarged liberty. The ascending +passage being only four feet high, men were cramped in passing +up, but on reaching the Grand Gallery they were free, for it is +twenty-eight feet high.</p> +<p>The passage to the Queen’s Chamber is only four feet, +and is it not strange that it is altogether Jewish? This +low horizontal passage terminates in a grand Sabbatic room, <!-- +page 166--><a name="page166"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +166</span>which symbolises the Jewish Sabbath-week, feasts, and +time periods.</p> +<p>From this passage we learn that the Jews rejected Christ, and +went off by themselves, refusing the liberty of Christ. So +as truly as the coming of Christ had been forecast in this +Pyramid, so had His rejection by the Jews.</p> +<p>The very mortar in this chamber is mixed with salt. The +chamber is seven-sided. The last seventh of the passage-way +sinks down, giving more room to move in. Salt was an +article used freely with the Jews in sacrificing. Seven was +a sacred number. The sinking of the last seventh part of +the passageway floor may mean the enlarging privilege of the Jews +in this latter day. Of the civilised nations, only Russia +and Spain forbid them citizenship. Even Turkey admits them +now as citizens.</p> +<p>The Jews have been represented as being blind in part. +The passage-way and chamber have been difficult to explore +because of foul air, there being no ventilating tubes as in the +King’s Chamber.</p> +<p>But, strange to say, a gentleman exploring this chamber a +short time ago, found two tubes by an accident in striking the +side wall with a hammer. The tubes had been left entirely +closed over with a thin unbroken scale. These tubes +extended inward through the masonry, and into the stones forming +the walls of the room, all nicely cut, but for about one inch +they were not cut through into the room itself. Thus the +whole was designed is evident. This thin scale no doubt +symbolises the condition of the Jew. His eyes are now open, +the time of his wandering nearly spent, as told by this +Pyramid.</p> +<p>The curses foretold upon the Jews have been terribly +fulfilled. So shall the blessings foretold now in +reserve. It was foretold that he would reject Christ; so he +did. But it is also foretold that he will yet look upon Him +whom he pierced, and mourn and repent, and accept the true +Messiah. Lo-ruhamah <!-- page 167--><a +name="page167"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 167</span>represents +Lost Israel; Lo-Ammi represents cursed Judah; Ruhamah represents +Israel found; Ammi represents the curse removed from the +Jews. So now we must say, as the prophet Hosea long ago +instructed us—we Saxons—“Say ye unto your +brother, Ammi,” and you Jews, “say to your sisters, +Ruhamah.”</p> +<p>We have esteemed the Jews as cursed; we will soon esteem them +blest. The Jews have never thought we were their brethren, +the descendants of Abraham. But God is revealing in this +latter day His own great plan; and Christ will be the Saviour of +both.</p> +<p>“In His days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall +dwell safely. Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the +Lord, that they shall no more say, The Lord liveth, which brought +up the children of Israel out of Egypt; but, The Lord liveth, +which brought up, and which led the seed of the House of Israel +out of the North country, and from all countries whither I had +driven them; and they shall dwell in their own land” (Jer. +xxiii. 6–8).</p> +<p>Glorious times are near at hand for the Church and the +world. Great things hath God promised, all of which He will +in His own good time bring to pass.</p> +<p>The very dimensions of the doorway are of thrilling import, +expressing in square inches the time of the Adamic world, which, +when added to other figures, forecast the time of the end, or the +6,000 years, and point out the date of the beginning of the +Millennium morn, or Sabbath of the earth—the period spoken +of by Daniel when he says, “Blessed is he that waiteth, and +cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty +days.” This period we approximated in our last +Discourse, and made it out to be about 1,957. The door-way +in square inches is 1,949; take these inches for years, and we +have, before the building of the Pyramid, of years 1949 <span +class="smcap">a.m.</span>, time of building 2170 <span +class="smcap">b.c.</span>, and length of Grand <!-- page 168--><a +name="page168"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 168</span>Gallery, +1,882, and we get a total of 6,001. This is indeed a close +approximation.</p> +<h2>SIGNS AND WONDERS.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XVIII.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">THE STONE PROPHET IS THE WILDERNESS—NO +WAR FOR FOUR YEARS—THE GREAT STRUGGLE TO COMMENCE IN +1882—PRUSSIA ANCIENT ASSYRIA—ENGLAND, GERMANY, AND +EGYPT TO BE ALLIES—THE FUTURE HISTORY OF THE +WORLD—THE PHILISTINES THE SOUTHERN IRISH—WHO THEIR +GREAT ANCESTOR WAS, ETC.</p> +<blockquote><p>“The great, the mighty God, the Lord of +hosts, is His name. Great in counsel, and mighty in work; +for Thine eyes are open upon all the ways of the sons of men; to +give every one according to his ways, and according to the fruit +of his doings; which has set signs and wonders in the land of +Egypt, even unto this day.”—Jer. xxxii. +18–20.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Egypt is intimately connected with Palestine in providential +history, both past, present, and future. No student can +have a proper knowledge of the Jewish and Israelitish nation +unless he be familiar with the early civilisation and power of +Egypt. From this land went forth the Caphtorim to settle +Palestine, led forth by the great and good Melchisedek, after he +had built the Pyramid. Under his reign they first settled +Palestine, built and made Jerusalem their capital. On the +death of Melchisedek they lost their allegiance to God, they +became an idolatrous people, and were rejected by Jehovah as His +special agents. They are known in after history under the +name of Philistines, which simply means the followers or subjects +of Philitis—a name which the early historians of Egypt gave +to the builder of <!-- page 169--><a name="page169"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 169</span>the Pyramid, which was none other +person than Melchisedek. By the Israelites they were driven +out of Palestine, and finally settled in the South of Ireland, as +Irish historians allow.</p> +<p>Another member of the family of Shem was called—namely, +Abraham, from whom came God’s chosen people—Israel +and the Jews. They also had to sojourn in Egypt, and they, +too, were sent to Palestine, and graffed on to the purpose of +God, where the Philistines had been broken off.</p> +<p>“Have not I brought up Israel out of the land of Egypt, +and the Philistines from Caphtor?” (Amos ix. 7).</p> +<p>Egypt has played a noble part in the providence of God through +Melchisedek, Abraham, Joseph, and Moses. Even the blessed +Jesus is said to be called from this land. “Out of +Egypt have I called My Son.” The Egyptians gave to +the world the first translation of the Hebrew Bible, and it was +for centuries the stronghold of Christianity after the +destruction of Jerusalem. The best of the Christian fathers +were Egyptians, and in the coming struggle, the great war, which +will begin about 1882, again Egypt will become conspicuous with +England and Prussia. For the Prussians are the Assyrians as +the English art the Lost Tribes of Israel. Bismarck may +manœuvre as he please, and be as pro-Russian as Dr. Storrs, +yet when the time comes he and his people will fall in with the +providential purpose, and become an ally with Israel-England; and +timid and bankrupt Egypt will then come forth to take her place +once more among the nations of the earth as an independent +Power. Hear what the prophet Isaiah says in chap. xix.: +“And the Lord shall smite Egypt, He shall smite and heal +it, and they shall return even to the Lord, and He shall be +entreated of them, and shall heal them. In that day shall +there be a highway out of Egypt to Assyria, and the Assyrians +shall come into Egypt and the Egyptians into Assyria, and the +Egyptians shall serve with the Assyrians. In that day shall +Israel be the third with Egypt and with Assyria, even a blessing +<!-- page 170--><a name="page170"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +170</span>in the midst of the land, whom the Lord of hosts shall +bless, saying, Blessed be Egypt My people, and Assyria the work +of My hands, and Israel Mine inheritance.”</p> +<p>“<i>In that day</i>” refers to this day, now at +hand. To this the Great Pyramid is witness. For in +verses 19 and 20 of this chapter we read: “In <i>that +day</i> shall there be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the +land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border thereof to the +Lord. And <span class="smcap">it</span> shall be for a +<span class="smcap">sign</span> and for a <span +class="smcap">witness</span> unto the Lord of hosts in the land +of Egypt.”</p> +<p>The word translated pillar is from the Hebrew word Matzaybhah, +and means a large structure—some monument that is +pre-eminent. The Hebrew word Ammood is translated pillar +also, and corresponds to the English word pillar much better.</p> +<p>The word <i>altar</i>, in Hebrew, means lion, carrying with it +the same meaning as pre-eminence. And is not this Pyramid +preeminent? and is it not the lion of monuments, pre-eminent as +being the oldest, pre-eminent as being the highest, pre-eminent +as being the largest, pre-eminent in location—being +<i>central</i> to all the land surface of the earth, pre-eminent +in construction, unlike any other buildings, except such as have +been modelled after it, pre-eminent in orientation—that is, +being exactly East, North, West and South.</p> +<p>Perfect orientation men in past ages and countries have tried +to express in temples, churches, observatories, and monuments, +yet none have succeeded so well as the Pyramid builders.</p> +<p>The famous Uranibourg Observatory, built by aid of the +European Governments, under the skilful supervision of the +learned Tycho Brahe, was found to be five minutes of a degree +askew in its orientation when finished.</p> +<p>A few years ago our Government determined to have one perfect +point of orientation, fixing upon Mount Agamenticus in the State +of Maine. They, at a great cost, and time, and labour, +concluded their work, and found they were in error <!-- page +171--><a name="page171"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +171</span>somewhere about the four-hundredth part of a second; +although they tried to solve the problem by three distinct +processes—namely, differences of zenith distance, absolute +zenith distances, and by transits in prime vertical.</p> +<p>How then came these ancient architects so early in the +world’s history and progress to build so skilfully? +How were they able some 4,000 years ago to find the poles, and +determine the latitude and longitude so precisely? Answer, +ye godless scientists, and tell us how these monkey-men were so +skilled. How did they know without your instruments and +instruction which parallel of latitude to choose so as to be on +that line which would mark the half-way of the world’s +surface between the equator and the poles?</p> +<p>And why did they lay bare and make smooth the lime-stone table +rock on which they built close to its Northern edge? Why +press so closely to the brink of the hill on the North side when +there was plenty of room on the South side?</p> +<p>Truly this witness of God is against you. In this +building are “signs and wonders” even to this day, +and as surely also are the eyes of Jehovah open upon all the ways +of the children of men.</p> +<p>Know ye not that the accumulated forces and results of +centuries have been bequeathed to the present generation as a +legal heritage for culture and profit?</p> +<p>Happily for us God has not left Himself without +witnesses. Long before God made bare His arm through Moses, +and wrought miracles to convince Pharaoh and the Egyptians, He +had wrought one miracle, a miracle which would cover the ages; +not to be seen by a few only, or last for a day, but to be seen +by the millions and last for centuries.</p> +<p>In this Pyramid we have a valuable inheritance. Its +finish, its beauty, its magnitude provokes our criticism, and yet +must command our admiration. This watchman on the walls of +time, this sentinel in charge of the secrets and treasures of +<!-- page 172--><a name="page172"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +172</span>the sires of long ago, this prophet in the wilderness +in rugged garb, proclaiming the will of Heaven, as then made +known, and now manifest, this Daniel who can interpret for us the +future, this mile-stone of the ages, we do revere.</p> +<p>By it we are enabled to adjust our chronological dates, +rectify history in some of its most important points, and judge +more correctly of the attainments of our ancestors; nay, more and +better, to form a truer estimate of ourselves and discern the +finger of God in the manipulations of men, and an overruling +Providence in the rise and fall of nations.</p> +<p>These signs and wonders confirm God’s Word, for they +prove inspiration a fact; inspiration of a kind and in the very +manner demanded by the unbelieving scientists. Here is a +building superhuman, and of course in part supernatural, like the +Bible. In this building the human and the Divine blend.</p> +<p>If any deny this, it remains with them to account for it, and +show how a people so far back in the world’s history could +be so wise and learned; how they could embody so much of the +sciences. One thing is certain, if the Divine had nothing +to do with this building, then we are left to the conclusion that +man was much superior to what the Darwinian theory admits. +If void of the Divine, then the development theory is +destroyed. If we admit the Divine, then it follows that +inspiration is a fact.</p> +<p>The building is there, and it was there in the day of +Egypt’s oldest historians. It has been counted as one +of the seven wonders of the world.</p> +<p>It did not embody the ideas of the Egyptians in science, +astronomy, meteorology, or religion. As their historians +allow, it was built by foreigners which they hated.</p> +<p>Nothing idolatrous was carved on it, within or without. +It was a witness pure and clean. The Egyptians proclaimed +and believed the earth to be square—this building +proclaimed the earth round. The builders bevelled the face +of the rock in a <!-- page 173--><a name="page173"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 173</span>ratio of eight inches to the +mile—the very quantity that science to-day admits to be the +curviture of the earth—and accepts in surveying. It +was their knowledge of this fact that kept the building sound, +without the cracking of a joint, through centuries, though so +high. The Egyptians did not use the sacred amma, or cubit, +which is about twenty-five of our inches. They used a +profane cubit, as Sir Isaac Newton shows.</p> +<p>This sacred cubit was a well and easily established proportion +of the earth’s diameter—the very standard now used by +the English Government in surveying.</p> +<p>The stones of the Pyramid were twelve feet long, eight feet +broad, and five deep, making twenty-five total. The +building itself was a five-faced figure. The Egyptians +hated five. No wonder that Moses harnessed the Israelites +in fives as they left Egypt, or that he should divide his book +into five parts.</p> +<p>No wonder that the Queen’s Chamber should be on the +twenty-fifth course of masonry, and the King’s Chamber on +the fiftieth course, which is the year of jubilee, or +deliverance—which year, as indicated in the Pyramid, is the +year 1935.</p> +<p>The Egyptians calculated from the moon in their +chronology. But this building takes its calculations from +the sun circle. The Egyptian year was 354 days, with an +intercalary month of thirty-three days added every three +years.</p> +<p>The year embodied in the Pyramid was 365 days, five hours, +forty-eight minutes, forty-seven and seven-tenths seconds. +If a person took a rod of a cubit length, and measured one of the +base sides of the Pyramid, he would find this twenty-five inch +measure to be contained as often as there are days in the year, +with the same fraction in inches as the hours, minutes, and +seconds.</p> +<p>Is it impious to ask how these builders knew the solar year so +completely? They knew the sun’s circle of 448 years, +which completes a circle of time without any excess or +deficiency. This they ran into weights and measures as +God’s religion does.</p> +<p><!-- page 174--><a name="page174"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +174</span>The Pyramid, having four sides, would divide this +circle into four parts, which make 112 pounds, or a +hundred-weight; or, if multiplied by five, the faces of the +Pyramid, 448 would give 2,240, or a ton.</p> +<p>In the descending and ascending passages a person must stoop +to pass through them, but when the Grand Gallery is reached, they +can stand upright, for this gallery enlarges seven times the +proportions of the others. The first passages are only four +feet high; this is twenty-eight.</p> +<p>The first ascending passage is 1,542 inches in +length—the time, taking inches for years, from the exodus +of Israel from Egypt to Christ.</p> +<p>Christ brings enlarged liberty. He was symbolised by the +ton—the end of weight scale. “When the fulness +of time was come, God sent forth His Son.”</p> +<p>Again, thirty-three inches in this gallery is an open +sepulchre with fifty-six empty graves in miniature, carved out, +telling, again, by a strange coincident, the life years of the +Saviour and His resurrection; also the number of those who rose +immediately after. For “the graves were opened, and +many bodies of the saints which slept arose and came out of the +graves after His resurrection” (Matt. xxvii. 52).</p> +<p>Another remarkable feature is, that at the end of this +gallery, the wall bulges forward about four inches, as if it were +going to fall in. This gallery, on the floor is 1,882 +inches; on the roof, 1,878 inches. This explains to us our +very times. The shadow of war—Russia and England +appearing as if they would fight every day. But they know +not the counsels of God, nor His sublime purpose. Surely, +as the text declares, “Our God is great in counsel and +mighty in work; and His eyes are open upon all the ways of the +sons of men.” More next Sunday evening, God willing, +about His own marvellous witnesses. Let us praise and adore +Him.</p> +<blockquote><p><!-- page 175--><a name="page175"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 175</span>“<i>And the remnant of Jacob +shall be among the Gentiles</i>, <i>in the midst of many people +as a</i> <span class="smcap">Lion</span> <i>among the beasts of +the forest</i>, <i>as a</i> <span class="smcap">Young Lion</span> +<i>among the flocks of sheep</i>: <i>who</i>, <i>if he go +through</i>, <i>both treadeth down and teareth in pieces</i>, +<i>and none can deliver</i>.”—Micah v. 7.</p> +</blockquote> +<p style="text-align: center"> +<a href="images/p175.jpg"> +<img alt="Coat of Arms with Lion and Unicorn" +src="images/p175.jpg" /> +</a></p> +<blockquote><p>“<i>His glory is like the firstling of his +bullock</i>, <i>and his horns like the</i> <span +class="smcap">Horns of Unicorns</span>: <i>with them he shall +push the people together to the</i> <span +class="smcap">ends</span> <i>of the</i> <span +class="smcap">earth</span>.”—Deut. xxxiii. 17.</p> +</blockquote> +<h2>THE THRONE OF DAVID.<br /> +<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XIX.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">ENGLAND’S PROPHECY FULFILLED IN THE +BERLIN CONGRESS—THE HARP OF TARA THE HARP OF +ISRAEL—THE FUTURE EUROPEAN ALLIANCES—ROYAL SUCCESSION +OF THE HOUSE OF ISRAEL.</p> +<blockquote><p>“I will overturn, overturn, overturn it; and +it shall be no more, until He comes whose right it is; and I will +give it Him.”—Ezekiel xxi. 27.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>The closing of the famous European Congress will now freely +permit us to canvass the work and results of the same, and to +compare the sequences with the teachings of the prophets and +intentions of Providence. The results of the Congress have +taken the world by surprise. The very fact that one should +have been held under the enforced conditions of the crownless +king, Disraeli, was a wonder in itself. But the wonder is +not <!-- page 176--><a name="page176"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 176</span>confined to the meeting and work of +the Congress, for outside of, and in spite of the Congress, a +treaty has been made which converts wonder into amazement. +Back in the middle of last May (1878), England and Turkey formed +an alliance, offensive and defensive. Nay, more, for Turkey +cedes to England the fruitful and strategic island of +Cyprus. What a triangle of strongholds—Cyprus, Malta, +and Gibraltar! Shades of Bonaparte! Where is France +in these days? She is renewing her strength, and is wisely +standing aside so as not to oppose Providence. In all this +there is nothing new or strange to the prophetic student. +For long ago it was written of Israel that she should be a +company of nations, and possess the gates of her enemies.</p> +<p>It is not by might, nor power of human origin, that these +events must be judged, or that they come to pass. But +surely by the Spirit of God. “There is a spirit in +man, and the inspiration of the Almighty giveth it +understanding.” Here Job gives us the key to unlock +the mysteries of the crownless king and his success. The +apothegm of Bonaparte is as false as he was +unsuccessful—namely, that Providence is always on the side +of the strongest battalions. In Israel, in time of old, +this was seldom true. In fact, it was not true in the +experience and campaigns of Bonaparte. The logic of such a +faith has been the ruin of lovely France more than once, and will +be again. For it must needs be that France break her +alliance with England, though now they are friends. France +in a few years will ally with the Beast, the Roman Church, in its +last struggle for rule and supremacy; and she will join hands +with Anti-Christ. France will repeat the follies of +’93. She will again seek to dethrone Religion, and +enthrone Reason. Her Marats, Desmoulens, Herberts, +Clootzes, and Robespierres are at hand ready to overturn. +And the Church of her choice is patiently waiting to re-enact the +scenes of blood and terror of St. Bartholomew. Her time of +opportunity will appear to have come in a few years. +Bismarck and Kaiser William will be out <!-- page 177--><a +name="page177"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 177</span>of the way, +and Germany will languish for want of two equal successors. +And France will not forget to pay back the debt of revenge she +owes to Germany, and seek to reclaim her prestige in councils, +and especially to restore her lost influence over Egypt, Turkey, +and the Mediterranean.</p> +<p>Last year it would not have been so easy to see how France and +England were to become once again enemies. This Cyprus +wedge has cleft open a little farther the dark and mysterious +way.</p> +<p>Last Monday we received the astounding telegram of the treaty +between England and Turkey. It evidently was a surprise, we +have no doubt, even to Rev. Dr. Storrs, and the <i>New York +Herald</i>, as well as to many others who could see nothing but +defeat and shame for Israel-England. From Dr. Storrs we +have not heard what he now thinks of his child of promise, +Russia. From the <i>Herald</i> we did hear, for, by the +way, the <i>Herald</i> is one of our morning papers. By an +editorial of a column and a half the <i>Herald</i> struggled +nobly to wriggle out of the tight corner in which its sympathies +for Russia had crowded it. We like and admire the +<i>Herald</i>, because of its tact and ingenuity in getting news +first from any part of the world. Still this time she was +behind time. Two years ago, from this pulpit, we announced +the exciting facts of the past week. Last Sunday evening we +closed our discourse in these words: “Now, again, England +pledges herself a Continental Power, nay, more, an Asiatic +Power. She will come forth from the Congress the virtual +ruler of Turkey, the owner of Palestine.”</p> +<p>If the Saxons be the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel—and most +certainly they respond to all the features that were to +distinctly mark them when found, as written in the +Bible—then the English throne is a continuation of +David’s throne, and the seed on it must be the seed of +David, and the inference is clear—namely, that all the +blessings attaching by holy promise to <!-- page 178--><a +name="page178"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +178</span>David’s throne must belong to England. This +is the key that unravels and makes plain the marvellous and +sublime history of the English nation and throne. We know +many scout the idea of the Lost Tribes ever being found, although +over thirty times God declares by the prophets that they must +return; surely before they return they must be found. God +has not cast away His people for ever. No, no. He +declares Israel to be His inheritance, and that this people He +had formed for Himself.</p> +<p>The Two Tribes forming the Jews of to-day are said by the best +calculation to number about nine millions. If, then, the +Two Tribes number nine millions, how many ought we to expect the +Ten Tribes to number? If the Two Tribes have stood and +survived the shock and persecution of centuries when known, and +therefore open to assault, is it not reasonable to suppose that +the Ten Tribes will be in existence, a numerous and powerful +people, for they have been hid, and thus have they evaded the +persecution that a knowledge of their nationality would have +entailed upon them from the Gentile and Pagan nations?</p> +<p>Some, indeed, persist in looking for God’s chosen +seed—His people, His inheritance—among the bushmen of +Africa, the Indians of America; indeed wherever they can find a +people mean, and few, and very low in the scale of +civilisation. They overlook the fact that Israel, not the +Jews, were to be the most powerful and prolific people on the +face of the earth, to be as sands of the sea, as the stars of +heaven. Especially were these promises to be true in the +latter day—for then God promises to multiply them, men, +beasts, and the fruits of the field. This is one of the +signs of the times, and it is a remarkable one. See our +harvest, see our cattle, and see the Saxon race—doubling, +at least, every forty years. No other nation is doubling at +that rate. Germany comes the nearest, and both in Prussia +and Austria they only double every one hundred years. In +one hundred years from to-day the Saxons will control the world +for peace and Christ.</p> +<p><!-- page 179--><a name="page179"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +179</span>To this end God is overturning, and will overturn until +the whole world shall be federated around one throne, and that +throne is David’s—the only throne God ever directly +established, and the only one He has promised perpetuity +to. God has a land—Palestine. He has a +people—Israel. He has a throne—David’s, +and for that throne He has a seed, just as the seed of Levi was +selected for Temple service.</p> +<p>This kingdom is the fifth kingdom, to be set up in the latter +days of those kings, says Daniel. The kingdom was never to +be left unto other people. It is typified by the stone cut +out of the mountain that is to fill the world. Why then +stand amazed at the cession of Cyprus to England, if she be +Israel. To her was promised the isles of the sea, the +coasts of the earth, the waste and desolate places—the +heathen and uttermost parts of the earth, as a possession. +Already out of the fifty-one million square miles which composes +the earth, England, including the United States, now owns about +fourteen millions, or say one-fourth. She bears rule over +one-third of the people of the earth; she adds a colony every +four years on an average. At the present rate it will not +be long before the kingdoms of this world will be given to the +saints of the Most High. It is no marvel in the light and +instruction of prophecy that this throne and people should be so +stable and prosperous.</p> +<p>Turn your attention to the founding of this throne of +David. You will find the throne and seed unconditionally +federated, the place and measure of prosperity conditioned on the +obedience of the people and throne to God. “The Lord +has sworn in truth unto David; He will not turn from it; of +<i>the fruit of thy body</i> will I set upon thy throne” +(Psalm cxxxii. 11). Again, “I have sworn unto David, +thy seed I will <i>establish for ever</i>, and build up thy +throne to <i>all</i> generations” (Psalm lxxxix. 3, +4). This promise is to all generations—not a part, +nor simply for sixty years. For the kingdom was rent in +twain when Rehoboam, the grandson of David, began to reign. +The throne <!-- page 180--><a name="page180"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 180</span>of David would be about the poorest +type of Christ’s throne and rule, and reign, if we can only +see it in Palestine. There it was soon divided, very +corrupt. “If ye can break My covenant of the day and +night in their season, then may also My covenant be broken with +David My servant, that he should not have a son to reign upon his +throne . . . Thus saith the Lord: If My covenant be not with day +and night, and if I have not appointed the ordinances of heaven +and earth, then will I cast away the seed of Jacob and David My +servant, so that I will not take any of <i>his seed</i> to be +rulers over the seed of Abraham” (Jer. xxxiii. 25, +26). Let anybody of the same mind read the seventh chapter +of the second book of Samuel, and they will see that God promised +to David that his house and kingdom should be established for +ever, and that God would set up the seed of David after +him. Well might David exclaim when he sat before the Lord, +“Who am I, O Lord God, and what is my house, that Thou hast +brought me hitherto? And this was yet a small thing in Thy +sight, O Lord God; but Thou hast spoken also of Thy +<i>servant’s house for a great while yet to +come</i>.” It is a pity men will not take and +interpret the Bible by the rules of common sense.</p> +<p>David at this time was king over all the Tribes and was at +peace, and settled and prospered. But God told him that +“He would appoint a place for <i>My people Israel</i>, and +will plant them that they may dwell in a place of their own and +move no more.” This promise was to Israel. If +the promises of the multitudinous seed were to be fulfilled to +Israel, then it would be necessary to find them another place, +for Palestine wouldn’t hold them. So God has planted +them. God never promised to find the Jews another country; +Palestine is specially reserved for them. They have been +without country, king, or government. In the year 725 <span +class="smcap">b.c.</span> the Jews and Israelites were separated, +and since that time they have never been united. But the +day is coming, says the prophet, when they shall dwell <!-- page +181--><a name="page181"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +181</span>together and appoint one head over them. The +Israelites are only to return to Palestine representatively (Jer. +iii. 14).</p> +<p>When Nebuchadnezzar carried the Jews captive, he took the +king, Zedekiah, with him, and destroyed all his family, and all +the real royal seed of David. Zedekiah died in +Babylon. He placed upon the throne of David, +Gedaliah. Now Gedaliah was not of the seed royal: but God +was displeased and permitted the crown to go to others. +Ezekiel was taken captive to Babylon in the reign of Jehoiachim, +the father of Zedekiah. The prophecy of the text was +written in Babylon, and refers to Zedekiah, whom Ezekiel calls +the “wicked prince of Israel, whose day is come, iniquity +shall have an end. Thus saith the Lord God, Remove the +diadem and take off the crown, this shall not be the same; exalt +him that is low, and abase him that is high. I will +overturn, overturn, overturn it, and it shall be no more until He +comes whose right it is; and I will give it to Him.”</p> +<p>Now all this is plain if we keep in mind that Zedekiah was the +last prince of the House of David that ever reigned in +Palestine. God removed the diadem. But in the course +of time a lawful heir of the seed of David shall appear, and the +throne and the seed will be established again in Jerusalem. +It is to this end Providence is overturning Turkey to make way +for this seed royal. But where is this seed royal? +Answer: It is on the English throne. Listen carefully to +the following:</p> +<p>Jeremiah tells us that with him he had the daughters of +Zedekiah, who had by some means escaped the destroying edicts of +Nebuchadnezzar (Jer. xliii. 6). And from Jer. xliv. 14, we +learn that they visited Egypt, and from Jer. xliv. 28, we learn +that a small number escaped. Now Jeremiah, being the only +prophet in Judah at that time, had a right to take charge of the +royal seed. He could not stay in Egypt, nor in Palestine, +nor would he go to Babylon. Where, then, did the prophet +go? He no doubt took ship with the Danites, and sailed for +Cornwall, in <!-- page 182--><a name="page182"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 182</span>England, for this place was called +Tarshish. We learn from Ezekiel the ships of Dan traded in +tin, and other things. History and tradition both agree +that there landed on the coast of Ireland in the North, a divine +man and a princess. God had promised to Jeremiah his life +wherever he went. “But thy life will I give thee for +a prey in all places whither thou goest” (Jer. xlv. 5).</p> +<p style="text-align: center"> +<a href="images/p182.jpg"> +<img alt="Jacob’s Stone" src="images/p182.jpg" /> +</a></p> +<p>The North of Ireland had been settled with the Tribe of Dan; +they at once understood who their visitor was. They called +him Olam Folla, meaning a Divine man or teacher. The +princess was called Tea Tephi, the beautiful one from the +East. This princess was married to Heremon, of Ulster, the +king of Lothair Croffin, for such was the name of the city of +Tara. This word Tara is Arat spelled backward. The +Hebrew reads from right to left; English left to right. +Lothair Croffin was changed into Tara at the time of the +wedding. Tara means law. Thus began the seed of David +to take root, and from there it spread over all Ireland, then to +Scotland, thence to England, and Jacob’s Stone in +Westminster Abbey marks the journey of David’s throne, and +has always kept with the seed, and they have been always crowned +on it. Ezekiel’s riddle is at once solved. The +tender twigs were Zedekiah’s daughters. One <!-- page +183--><a name="page183"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 183</span>of +these twigs was planted by the great waters in a land of +traffic. Our Episcopalian friends intended by their +beautiful service to aid the members of their communion to read +in order, and through the Bible, or a given portion of each +chapter, once per year. But strange to say, this 17th +chapter of Ezekiel, they have left out both of the Old and New +Lectionary. It is itself a riddle, why this should so +happen, that the only two chapters of the Bible left out or +proscribed are the 17th and 21st of Ezekiel. Surely +blindness in part has happened to Israel, and what we esteemed as +accidental in the increased light of Revelation, stands to view +as the ordered purposes of an all-seeing God.</p> +<p>The royal standard of England has nine lions on it and a +unicorn. Let anyone set this standard before him as a map, +the right hand will represent East, the top North, left West, the +bottom South. The unicorn comes from the East, it has a +chain round its neck. So the Tribe of Benjamin came that +way, and, as Normans, were finally attached to the throne. +The big lion comes from the West, so it did from Ireland to +Scotland and London. On the top we have a crown, and on the +top of this we have a lion. On the first quarter are three +lions, second quarter one, on the third a stringed harp with an +angel’s head, and on the fourth three lions, the total of +lions nine, and an unicorn. The fact is, this standard, had +we time, teaches a world of history, and with the Psalmist we may +say: “Thou hast given a banner to them that fear Thee; that +it may be displayed because of the truth” (Psalm lx. +4). The genealogy and descent of Queen Victoria from +Zedekiah we will furnish you. This genealogy has been got +up by the faithful and very persevering labours of Rev. F. R. A. +Glover, M.A., and Rev. A. B. Grimaldi, M.A., two Episcopalian +clergymen of England. The chart is supposed to be as near +perfect as any such thing can be. If any of you find any +defect be kind enough and let me know. In the following +genealogy those <!-- page 184--><a name="page184"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 184</span>who reigned have K. +prefixed—the dates after private names refer to their birth +and death, those after Sovereign’s names to their accession +and death.</p> +<h3>ADAM TO VICTORIA.<br /> +GENERATIONS.</h3> +<p>1. Adam (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +4000–3070), Eve.</p> +<p>2. Seth (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +3873–2978).</p> +<p>3. Enos (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +3765–2860).</p> +<p>4. Cainan (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +3675–2765).</p> +<p>5. Mahalaleel (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +3605–2710).</p> +<p>6. Jared (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +3540–2578).</p> +<p>7. Enoch (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +3378–3013).</p> +<p>8. Methuselah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +3313–2344).</p> +<p>9. Lamech (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +3126–2344).</p> +<p>10. Noah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +2944–2006), Naamah.</p> +<p>11. Shem (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +2442–2158).</p> +<p>12. Arphaxad (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +2342–1904).</p> +<p>13. Salah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +2307–2126).</p> +<p>14.. Heber (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +2277–2187).</p> +<p>15. Peleg (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +2243–2004).</p> +<p>16. Reu (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +2213–2026).</p> +<p>17. Serug (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +2181–2049).</p> +<p>18. Nahor (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +2052–2003).</p> +<p>19. Terah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +2122–2083), Amtheta.</p> +<p>20. Abraham (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +1992–1817), Sarah.</p> +<p>21. Isaac (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +1896–1716), Rebekah.</p> +<p>22. Jacob (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +1837–1690), Leah.</p> +<p>23. Judah (b. <span class="smcap">b.c.</span> 1753), +Tamar.</p> +<p>24. Hezron.</p> +<p>25. Aram.</p> +<p>26. Aminadab.</p> +<p>27. Naashon.</p> +<p>28. Salmon.</p> +<p>29. Boaz (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> 1312), +Ruth.</p> +<p><!-- page 185--><a name="page185"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +185</span>30. Obed.</p> +<p>31. Jesse.</p> +<h3>KINGS OF ISRAEL.</h3> +<p>32. K. David (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +1085–1015), Bathsheba.</p> +<p>33. K. Solomon (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +1033–975), Naamah.</p> +<p>34. K. Rehoboam (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. +1016, d. 958), Maacah.</p> +<p>35. K. Abijam (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +958–955).</p> +<p>36. K. Asa (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +955–914), Azubah.</p> +<p>37. K. Jehoshaphat (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +914–889).</p> +<p>38. K. Jehoram (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +889–885), Athaliah.</p> +<p>39. K. Ahaziah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +906–884), Zibiah.</p> +<p>40. K. Joash (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +885–839), Jehoaddan.</p> +<p>41. K. Amaziah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 864, +d. 810), Jecholiah.</p> +<p>42. K. Uzziah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 826, +d. 758), Jerushah.</p> +<p>43. K. Jotham (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 783, +d. 742).</p> +<p>44. K. Ahaz (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 787, d. +726), Abi.</p> +<p>45. K. Hezekiah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 751, +d. 698), Hephzibah.</p> +<p>46. K. Manasseh (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 710, +d. 643), Meshullemeth.</p> +<p>47. K. Amon (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 621, d. +641), Jedediah.</p> +<p>48. K. Josiah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 649, +d. 610), Hamutah.</p> +<p>49. K. Zedekiah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +599–578).</p> +<h3>KINGS OF IRELAND.</h3> +<p>50. K. Heremon fl. (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> +580), Q. T. Tephi. She was Zedekiah’s daughter. +Reigned 15 years.</p> +<p>51. K. Irial Faidh (reigned 10 years).</p> +<p>52. K. Eithriall (reigned 20 years).</p> +<p>53. Follian.</p> +<p>54. K. Tighernmas (reigned 50 years).</p> +<p>55. Eanbotha.</p> +<p>56. Smoirguil.</p> +<p>57. K. Fiachadh Labhriane (reigned 24 years).</p> +<p>58. K. Aongus Ollmuchaidh (reigned 27 years).</p> +<p><!-- page 186--><a name="page186"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +186</span>59. Maoin.</p> +<p>60. K. Rotheachta (reigned 25 years).</p> +<p>61. Dein.</p> +<p>62. K. Siorna Saoghalach (reigned 21 years).</p> +<p>63. Oliolla Olchaoin.</p> +<p>64. K. Giallchadh (reigned 9 years).</p> +<p>65. K. Aodhain Glas (reigned 20 years).</p> +<p>66. K. Simeon Breac (reigned 6 years).</p> +<p>67. K. Muireadach Bolgrach (reigned 4 years).</p> +<p>68. K. Fiachadh Tolgrach (reigned 7 years).</p> +<p>69. K. Duach Laidhrach (reigned 10 years).</p> +<p>70. Eochaidh Buaigllcry.</p> +<p>71. K. Ugaine More the Great (reigned 30 years).</p> +<p>72. R. Cobhthach Coalbreag (reigned 30 years).</p> +<p>73. Meilage.</p> +<p>74. K. Jaran Gleofathach (reigned 7 years).</p> +<p>75. K. Conla Cruaidh Cealgach (reigned 4 years).</p> +<p>76. K. Oiloilla Caisfhiaclach (reigned 25 years).</p> +<p>77. K. Eochaidh Foltlenthan (reigned 11 years).</p> +<p>78. K. Aongus Tuirmheach Teamharch (reigned 30 +years).</p> +<p>79. K. Eana Aighneach (reigned 28 years).</p> +<p>80. Labhra Luirc.</p> +<p>81. Blathuchta.</p> +<p>82. Easamhuin Eamhna.</p> +<p>83. Roighnein Ruadh.</p> +<p>84. Finlogha.</p> +<p>85. Fian.</p> +<p>86. K. Eodchaidh Feidhlioch (reigned 12 years).</p> +<p>87. Fineamhnas.</p> +<p>88. K. Lughaidh Raidhdearg.</p> +<p>89. K. Criomhthan Niadhnar (reigned 16 years).</p> +<p>90. Fearaidhach Fion Feachtnuigh.</p> +<p>91. K. Fiachadh Fionoluidh (reigned 20 years).</p> +<p><!-- page 187--><a name="page187"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +187</span>92. K. Tuathal Teachtmar (reigned 30 years).</p> +<p>93. K. Conn Ceadchathach (reigned 20 years).</p> +<p>94. K. Art Aonfhir (reigned 30 years).</p> +<p>95. K. Cormc Usada (reigned 40 years).</p> +<p>96. K. Caibre Liffeachair (reigned 27 years).</p> +<p>97. K. Fiachadh Sreabthuine (reigned 30 years).</p> +<p>98. K. Muireadhach Tireach (reigned 30 years).</p> +<p>99. K. Eochaidh Moigmeodhin (reigned 7 years).</p> +<p>100. K. Nail of the Nine Hostages.</p> +<p>101. Eogan.</p> +<p>102. K. Murireadhach.</p> +<p>103. Earca.</p> +<h3>KINGS OF ARGYLESHIRE.</h3> +<p>104. K. Feargus More Mac Earca (<span +class="smcap">a.d.</span> 487).</p> +<p>105. K. Dongard (d. 457).</p> +<p>106. K. Conrad (d. 535).</p> +<p>107. K. Aidan (d. 604).</p> +<p>108. K. Eugene IV. (d. 622).</p> +<p>109. K. Donald IV. (d. 650).</p> +<p>110. Dongard.</p> +<p>111. K. Eugene V. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +692).</p> +<p>112. Findan.</p> +<p>113. K. Eugene VII. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +721), Spondan.</p> +<p>114. K. Etfinus (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +761), Fergina.</p> +<p>115. K. Achaius (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +819), Fergusia.</p> +<p>116. K. Alpin (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +834).</p> +<h3>SOVEREIGNS OF SCOTLAND.</h3> +<p>117. K. Kenneth II. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +854).</p> +<p>118. K. Constantin II. (d. <span +class="smcap">a.d.</span> 774).</p> +<p>119. K. Donald VI. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +903).</p> +<p>120. K. Malcolm I. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +958).</p> +<p>121. K. Kenneth III. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +994).</p> +<p><!-- page 188--><a name="page188"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +188</span>122. K. Malcolm II. (d. <span +class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1003).</p> +<p>123. Beatrix m. Thane Albanach.</p> +<p>124. K. Dunkan I. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1040).</p> +<p>125. K. Malcolm III. Canmore (<span +class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1055–1093), Margaret of +England.</p> +<p>126. K. David I. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1153), Maud of Northumberland.</p> +<p>127. Prince Henry (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1152), Adama of Surrey.</p> +<p>128. Earl David (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1219), Maud of Chester.</p> +<p>129. Isobel m. Robert Bruce III.</p> +<p>130. Robert Bruce IV. m. Isobel of Gloucester.</p> +<p>131. Robert Bruce V. m. Martha of Carrick.</p> +<p>132. King Robert I. Bruce (<span +class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1305–1329), Mary of Burke.</p> +<p>133. Margery Bruce m. Walter Stewart (I.).</p> +<p>134. K. Robert II. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1390), Euphemia of Ross (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1376).</p> +<p>135. K. Robert III. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1406), Arabella Drummond (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1401).</p> +<p>136. K. James I. (<span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1424–1437), Joan Beaufort.</p> +<p>137. K. James II. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1360), Margaret of Gueldres (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1463).</p> +<p>138. K. James III. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1488), Margaret of Denmark (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1484).</p> +<p>139. K. James IV. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1543), Margaret of England (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1539).</p> +<p>140. K. James V. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1542), Mary of Lorraine (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> +1560).</p> +<p>141. Q. Mary (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1587), +Lord Henry Darnley.</p> +<h3>SOVEREIGNS OF GREAT BRITAIN.</h3> +<p>142. K. James VI. and I. (<span +class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1603–1625), Ann of Denmark.</p> +<p>143. Princess Elizabeth (1596–1613), K. Frederick +of Bohemia.</p> +<p><!-- page 189--><a name="page189"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +189</span>144. Princess Sophia m. Duke Ernest of +Brunswick.</p> +<p>145. K. George I. (1698–1727), Sophia Dorothea +Zelle (1667–1726).</p> +<p>146. K. George II. (1727–1760), Princess Caroline +of Auspach (1683–1737).</p> +<p>147. Prince Frederick of Wales (1707–1751), +Princess Augusta of Saxe-Gotha.</p> +<p>148. K. George III. (1760–1830), Princess Sophia +of Mecklenburgh Strelitz (1744–1818).</p> +<p>149. Duke Edward of Kent (1767–1820), Princess +Victoria of Leiningen.</p> +<p>150. Q. Victoria (b. 1819, cr. 1838), Prince Albert of +Saxe-Coburg.</p> +<p>Thus do we see how God has kept His word to David, and with +this view, English and American history are at once +understandable. The future is assuring and grand. God +will assuredly overturn till His throne once more is planted in +Jerusalem.</p> +<h2><!-- page 190--><a name="page190"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 190</span>JEREMIAH AND ST. PATRICK.<br /> +Discourse XX.</h2> +<p class="gutsumm">THE PROPHET’S COMMISSION—HIS +LIFE—THE TRIBES IN HIS DAY—LANDING OF JEREMIAH IN +IRELAND—WHAT HE BROUGHT WITH HIM—COLONISATION OF +IRELAND—JEREMIAH THE FOUNDER OF THE ANCIENT IRISH +GOVERNMENT AND RELIGION—TEA TEPHI AND HEREMON—THE +ANCIENT IRISH FLAG—THE HARP AND LION—SEASON OF +IRELAND’S HISTORICAL PRESTIGE—CAUSES OF HER +DECLINE—ST. PATRICK A BENJAMITE—HOW ROME DESTROYED +JEREMIAH’S MEMORY AMONG THE IRISH—DESTRUCTION OF +TARA—ULSTER NEVER CONQUERED—IRISH +INDEPENDENCE—ARK OF THE COVENANT—RUINS OF TARA.</p> +<blockquote><p>“See, I have this day set thee over the +nations and over the kingdoms, to root out, and to pull down, and +to destroy, and to throw down, to build, and to +plant.”—Jer. i. 10.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>In these words we have set forth the Divine commission given +to the prophet Jeremiah. Never before, or since, was such a +commission given to mortal man. It is not that Jeremiah is +constituted a prophet for his own people, or over his own nation, +and country, but he was Divinely appointed and set over the +nations and kingdoms of the earth, with an authority “to +root out, pull down, destroy, and throw down.” Surely +he was rightly named, for the word Jeremiah means the exalted, or +appointed one of the Lord. By common consent, the Jews gave +him the first place and name among the prophets. Up to the +time of the Babylonian captivity he was second, Isaiah being +first. But after the captivity, on the re-arrangement of +the holy canon, his name was put first, and ever after he was +regarded and accepted as the patron saint of Judea. He was +born of a priestly family, about 641 <span +class="smcap">b.c.</span>, in the priestly town of Anathoth, +which was situated a few miles North of Jerusalem, in the +territory of Benjamin. His work and commission awaited him, +because they antedated his birth, <!-- page 191--><a +name="page191"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 191</span>for he says +(chap. i. 4), “Then the word of the Lord came unto me, +saying, Before I formed thee in the belly I knew thee; and before +thou camest forth out of the womb I sanctified thee, and I +ordained thee a <i>prophet unto the nations</i>.” +Jeremiah’s life-work, extent, and devotion, can only find a +parallel in the majesty and compass of his commission. It +is the extent of this commission that I wish you would specially +notice, for it is neither tribal nor national in its +limitations. He was ordained a prophet unto the +nations. Hear the voice of his wailing (chapter xv. 10), +“Woe is me, my mother, that thou hast borne me a man of +strife and a man of contention to the <i>whole +earth</i>.”</p> +<p>Consistent with the vastness of this commission is the +recorded fact that he was forbidden to marry in his own land, for +“the Word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Thou shalt not +take thee a wife, neither shalt thou have sons and daughters in +this place” (Jeremiah xvi. 2). The claims of a wife +and cares of a family could only have been harshly fitted on to +such a work and commission. Indeed, every peculiar fact in +the life of Jeremiah may be best accounted for by taking into +consideration the greatness of his commission. To discard +this is simply to invite confusion, and yet, strange to say, many +prefer confusion rather than admit that he performed the +<i>rôle</i> assigned him of Heaven. For this very +reason writers, even Jewish historians, are at a loss to account +for the latter half of the prophet’s life. They do +not seem to know where he spent his last days; they know not the +time, manner, nor place of his death. And why, you +ask? We answer, Because they selfishly and persistently +limited his life and labours to his own land. They have not +been willing to allow that he was set as a prophet over nations +and kingdoms. Then again, they have been willing to allow +him to be a puller down and destroyer, but not a builder and +planter. To grant that he was a builder and planter, would +have obliged them to have found the place of his building and the +objects of his planting. These they well knew <!-- page +192--><a name="page192"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +192</span>could not be found in Palestine, and they were as loath +as many are unwilling to-day to permit Jeremiah to leave his own +land. A man who would be equal to the Bible must be +large-hearted, generous, and free, not fettered and bound by the +errors of youthful training, the selfishness of sectarianism, the +bigotry of orthodoxy, or the indifference of infidelity, but seek +the truth, no matter from whence, or what it upsets or overturns +of preconceived ideas. The command is, “Prove all +things, and hold fast that which is good.” To hear +some people talk and lament, you would think that the command +was, Prove nothing, but hold hard on to what you have got.</p> +<p>Try now, and reasonably and patiently follow me while I trace +the wanderings of Jeremiah to Old Ireland. You will be +surprised to find how intimate Irishology and theology are.</p> +<p>Ireland and the Tribe of Dan have a peculiar history, which +history only can be made plain by reference to the Bible. +Ireland has had much to undergo, yet of it God says, “To +the islands He will repay recompense: so shall they fear the name +of the Lord from the West.”</p> +<p>Ireland’s first name was Scuite’s Land, or the +Island of the Wanderers. Her second name was Scotia Major, +and Scotland was Scotia Minor, and England was Tarshish, and +Dannoii and Baratamac, or Land of Tin. Yar in Eirin means +the land of the setting sun. Hibernia is an Hebrew word, +and means from beyond the river of waters.</p> +<p>Two colonies settled in Ireland; the first, the +Phœnicians, who were the Philistines or ancient Canaanites; +the second settlers were the Tuath de Danan, meaning the Tribe of +Dan. The words are Hebrew, yet in Irish. For further +information let any one read “Pinnock’s Catechism on +Ireland.” The Phœnicians were a sea-faring +people; pressed by Israel, Egypt, and Assyria, they finally left +Canaan, and settled in Ireland. We find nine-tenths of +Irish historians agreeing on this. Then the monuments teach +the same—ancient inscriptions, one of <!-- page 193--><a +name="page193"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 193</span>which +written was, “We are Canaanites who have fled from Joshua, +the son of Nun, the robber.” The people who show +tourists the seven churches of Glendenlough, say they are +Hittites and Hivites. Again, ruins of Baal temples, +Cromlechs, round towers, go to confirm the same. +Customs—Baal fires, on May eve, in Irish Ninna-baal-tinne; +funeral wakes, or cup of consolation, forbidden to Israel when +they sought to copy after the Philistines. “Neither +shall men give them the cup of consolation to drink for father or +mother” (Jer. xvi. 7). The Irish language came from +the Phœnician, the alphabet of both being composed of +sixteen letters originally, the only alphabet in the world so +agreeing. From the Irish came the Gaelic, Welsh, Cornwall, +and the Manx from them all.</p> +<p>The second settlement of Ireland is what puzzles historians of +to-day—not the old historians, for they, nine out of ten, +admit that the Formorians, Firbolgs, and Tuath de Danans, were +one and the same people. They were a divine folk. The +Tribe of Dan was a sea-faring Tribe, trading from Tyre to +Tarshish for tin, and so became acquainted with the British +Isles, and during Ahab’s persecution many of them fled; so +of the Simeonites who settled in Wales. This shows us why +the North and South of Ireland should be so distinct to this day +in religion, enterprise, and general characteristics. When +the Tribe of Dan finally left Palestine, they with the other Nine +Tribes went North, settling in Denmark, as in the North of +Ireland, leaving their names on rivers, hills, cities, and +things.</p> +<p>It is this that accounts for so many words of an Hebrew origin +being found in the Irish language. General Vallancy has +compared thousands and finds them thus related to the +Hebrew. Instance: Jobhan-Moran, Chief Justice; Rectaire, +Judge; Mur-Ollam, School of the Prophets; Ollam-Folla, Divine +Teacher; Mergech, a Depository; Tara, Law; Tephi, Prince of the +East; Lia-Fail, Stone of Destiny; Eden Gedoulah, Precious +Stone.</p> +<p><!-- page 194--><a name="page194"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +194</span>If to Irish history we join Bible history, all is +plain. God promised David repeatedly that he should always +have his throne and on it his seed. The permanence of +David’s throne makes it a fit type of Christ’s. +Now, Jeremiah took charge of Zedekiah’s daughter when +Nebuchadnezzar took the Jews captive. He went to Egypt, +then escaped, God promising to keep him whithersoever he +went. So he disappears. No account of his death in +the Bible. He had charge of the ark of the covenant, royal +seed and Jacob’s pillow—the stone of Israel. +Irish histories, some twenty of which we find agree, say that +about 585 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span>, a divine man landed in +Ulster, having with him the king’s daughter, stone of +destiny, and ark, and many other wonderful things. The +people of Ulster, of Dan, understood the old adventurer. +Jeremiah married Tephi, Zedekiah’s daughter, to Eoiacaid, +who agreed to abandon Baal worship and build a school for the +prophets. So he did. He then assumed the title of +Heremon of Tara. From Tara, which was changed from Lothair +Croffin into Tara. From Tephi comes our goddess of Liberty, +on old coins, sitting on a lion. Now, at Tara, Jeremiah +buried the ark of the covenant, tables of law, &c., and +instituted the nine-arch degree of Masonry, to keep in mind its +hiding-place,—so all may understand Jer. iii. 16: +“And it shall come to pass, when ye be multiplied and +increased in the land, in those days, saith the Lord, they shall +say no more, The ark of the covenant of the Lord; neither shall +it come to mind; neither shall they remember it; neither shall +they visit it; neither shall that be done any more.” +This means that when the ark is found the ceremony will end; for +the ark has to be found and go before the Jews when they return +to their own land. Jeremiah was the first Grand +Master. He, too, is the real St. Patrick—simply the +Patriarchal Saint, which became St. Patriarch, then St. +Patrick. The Roman Church introduced St. Patrick to offset +the St. Patriarch.</p> +<p>Jeremiah well knew where the Tribes of Israel were in his <!-- +page 195--><a name="page195"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +195</span>day. He knew that Judah, Levi, and Benjamin, were +in Babylon, filling in the seventy years of captivity, and the +small remnant that Nebuchadnezzar left of them in Judah were +scattered hither and thither. The Nine Tribes, or Israel, +were settled in Central Asia, and were spreading Northward and +Westward. This he knew, as easily as Peter did centuries +after, when he wrote his epistle to the brethren, scattered +abroad in Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, and Asia; or as James, who +dedicated his epistle to the Twelve Tribes which were scattered +abroad; or as the Blessed Master who commissioned and sent His +disciples after the lost sheep of the House of Israel. The +place and locality of the Nine Tribes were known to the Jewish +nation in the time of Josephus, the historian, for he speaks of +them, and gives them a fraternal letter which the House of Judah +sent unto the House of Israel. You are to keep in mind that +it is after this the Tribes of Israel are to be lost. All +prophecies after 700 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span>, up to this, +our day, and till about 1882 <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>, +that had reference to Israel, plainly mark out the dwelling-place +of these Tribes, and yet these prophecies not being understood, +till these latter days, Israel was as actually lost as if there +had been no such prophecies. These prophecies were first +sent North, then West, and then to the “isles of the +sea.” The law of the Gospel of Jesus would be sent to +these Tribes; till then the “isles had to wait for the +law.” In due time this law was carried to them by the +missionary Tribe of Benjamin. This very thing and time the +prophet had foretold, for he says: “Wherefore glorify ye +the Lord by the Urim; the name of the Lord God of Israel in the +islands of the Western sea.” How true, indeed +“the isles of the sea saw it and feared.” +Jeremiah knew that the Tribe of Dan were a seafaring people, and +in their trading they had become acquainted with Northern Europe +and the British Isles. During the persecutions of Ahab +thousands of them had left Palestine, settling in +Denmark—this word Denmark means the circle of Dan. In +course of time they <!-- page 196--><a name="page196"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 196</span>crossed the sea and took possession +of the North of Ireland, settling in the province of +Ulster. The Tribe of Simeon, that had ever cast its lot +with Dan, left Palestine and settled in Wales. Read the +prophetic benedictions of the patriarch Jacob in the light of +these historical facts, and they will stand out in sunlight +brightness. “Dan shall judge his people as <i>one</i> +of the Tribes of Israel.” In his <i>oneness</i>, all +alone he shall go out first, mark out and prepare the way of the +other Tribes; and the royal seed, the ruling power, shall hide +itself in him. “Dan shall be a serpent by the way; an +adder in the path that biteth the horses’ heels so that his +rider shall fall backward.” Yes, Dan will be hid +among the Gentiles. He will bite them, sting them, +frustrating their purposes. Then exclaims Jacob: “I +have waited for Thy salvation, O Lord.” Dan did wait, +until the prophet Jeremiah landed in his midst with Tea Tephi, +the daughter of Zedekiah, the royal seed, with the ark of the +covenant, the tables of the law, the Urim and Thummim, which +would enable Dan to judge his people, with the stone of Jacob, +the pillar witness, which is now in the royal chair in +Westminster Abbey; and also with the standard of Judah. +Thus the prophet, who was the rightful custodian of all these +things, carefully cared for the same, leaving them in charge of +Dan. All but the stone have been concealed till the latter +day. For on this stone have been crowned all the kings and +queens of David’s line.</p> +<p>Now just here we must take up history—especially Irish +history—for in this matter and at this very point, you will +find profane and sacred histories agreeing. One will +beautifully explain the other; nor can anybody understand Irish +history unless they get the key from sacred history. To +take this key later writers have been unwilling, and, therefore, +they have been unable to solve the problem embodied in this race +and nation. No people on the face of the earth have been +less understood and more misrepresented. The real +allophyllians of <!-- page 197--><a name="page197"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 197</span>Ireland—that is, the first +native settlers—are unknown. The present inhabitants +are not autochthonal, no more than we are the first settlers of +this country. On one point all old historians are +agreed—namely, that Ireland has been settled by two +distinct colonies of people; and from these two colonies came the +present Irish race. These two colonies were distinct in +features, manners, customs, enterprise, and religion, and after +all these centuries have passed away, these differences are +discernable in some degree, especially so in enterprise and +religion. And though, of course, in these latter years, +they have become considerably mixed, yet an appeal on either of +these points will mark out the Danite from the +Phœnician. From the loud boasting of the +Phœnician Irishman in Ireland, when speaking of America, +you would think that he would pluck out his eyes and give them +for a gift if need be. Well, a few years ago, Chicago was +bitterly scourged with a fire. The need and distress thus +caused appealed to the nations of the earth for help. The +response was grand and glorious. Even hateful old John Bull +did well. But what did Ireland do? Take two of her +leading cities as an example; one in the North, the other in the +South. Belfast in the North, of the Tribe of Dan; Dublin in +the South, of the Phœnicians. Belfast sent 36,000 +dols.; Dublin, 2,000 dols. Why this difference? We +answer, Forsooth, the people of Belfast are Danites; they of +Dublin are Phœnicians.</p> +<p>The Phœnicians, or Philistines, were the ancient +Canaanites. They took early possession of Ireland. On +this point the old as well as the new historians generally +agree. But there was another early settlement in the North +of Ireland whom the historians called <i>Tuath de Danan</i>, +which simply means the folks of the Tribe of Dan. They +introduced into the Irish language hundreds of Hebrew words, with +many customs and legends of the Hebrews. They were very +distinct in their enterprise and religion from the other +settlers. About the year 580 <span +class="smcap">b.c.</span> there <!-- page 198--><a +name="page198"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 198</span>appeared +before this people a strange man, whom the historians call +<i>Ollam-Folla</i>, which means a divine teacher; the name or +title is in Hebrew. This man, whoever he was, soon wielded +great power in their midst. What he commanded they seemed +ready to do. He very soon inaugurated wonderful +reforms. He gave them a parliament, made them give up their +idolatrous customs. He founded a college to train students +to teach and preach his religion. It was called +<i>Mur-Ollam</i>, school of the Divine. Here again the name +is Hebrew, although in Irish. This wonderful man had with +him a fair young princess, whose name in Hebrew-Irish was <i>Tea +Tephi</i>, which means the beautiful one from the East. +This lovely princess was married to the governor of Ulster, +Heremon. He resided in the City of Lothair Croffin. +In the agreement of the marriage, among many things, he was to +accept her religion, give her joint authority, and build the +Mur-Ollam, or college, and sustain it. Also to change the +name of his city from <i>Lothair Croffin</i> to <i>Tara</i>, +which means law; to adopt her standard or banner emblem, the harp +and lion, and to be crowned on the wonderful stone called in +Irish-Hebrew, <i>Lia-Fail</i>, which means stone of destiny, +sometimes called <i>Eben Gedoulah</i>, the precious stone. +From this Tea Tephi we get our female goddess of liberty, who on +old coins is seated upon a lion with the Davidian harp in her +hand.</p> +<p>Our text tells us that Jeremiah was to plant and build +up. Here he planted, and here he did build. He +planted and built a throne, a college, and a religion. Turn +to Ezekiel, chapter xvi., and read the famous riddle. Tea +Tephi is the tender twig that was cropped off from the high +cedar, King Zedekiah, and planted among the merchants by great +waters on the mountain of Israel. She was the tender one +that was to take root downward. To Jeremiah, the Lord said, +“Verily it shall be well with thy remnant.” +Nay, more, He told him that He would give him his life for a prey +whithersoever he went. And in 2 Kings xix. 30, we read: +“And the remnant that is escaped of the <!-- page 199--><a +name="page199"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 199</span>House of +Judah shall yet again take root downward, and bear fruit +upward. For out of Jerusalem shall go forth a remnant and +they that escape out of Mount Zion; the zeal of the Lord of hosts +shall do this.” And Ezekiel, in his captivity, sent +forth a prophecy referring to the wicked prince, Zedekiah, saying +of his throne in the name of Jehovah: “I will overturn, +overturn, overturn it, and it shall be no more until He comes +whose right it is, and I will give it Him.” So was +this throne overturned, and was never after established in +Jerusalem. You will notice that there are three +overturnings, and as Scriptural language is emphatic and not +superfluous or tautological, these overturnings mean +something. Turn to history, and you will find this throne +has been turned over just three times—first, from Jerusalem +to Ireland; second, through King Fergus to Scotland, and, third, +through King James, from Scotland to England. This throne +can never be turned over again, for Jerusalem will be +incorporated into the British Empire. The throne has turned +over till it got home again; hence, as surely as we live, +Palestine will go into the hands of England. The throne, +religion, and education established by the prophet have ever kept +together. This is the secret of Ireland’s prestige +and marvellous pre-eminence in centuries past. The college +of Armach could boast of 7,000 students at a time. +Missionaries went forth from Ireland through all Europe, teaching +Christianity, and founding schools. Few men can compare to +Virgilus, Eregina, Columbanus, and Columba. In olden times +she was known as the “Isle of the Saints.” The +day of Ireland’s weakness and distress came to her when she +permitted her religion to be corrupted and controlled by +foreigners; and by these same Italian intriguers she is now +impoverished and enslaved. But for this the throne might +have remained with her to-day, and England and Scotland have been +under her. But when a nation loses her religion, she loses +the right arm of power, and the ability to preserve freedom.</p> +<p><!-- page 200--><a name="page200"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +200</span>Jeremiah was the patron-saint for Ireland for a long +time. Simeon (the Welsh) had and have David; and as surely +as the Welsh have kept their saint, so surely ought +Ireland. St. Patrick is looked upon by many as a mythical +person. I believe, however, that he was a veritable +man. The best authorities make out that he was born at +Bonavena, in ancient Gaul, near what is now called Boulogne, some +time about 387 <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> He is +reported as having died March 17th, 465, in the county +Down. His father’s name was Calpurnius. Young +Calpurnius, or St. Patrick, as he was afterwards called, had a +hard life of it in youth. I believe him to have been a +Benjamite, a Christian; for the Benjamites began to fill in that +part of France about that period. This Tribe were by nature +missionaries. This prompted him to desire to redeem his +brethren in Ireland. In Ulster he began his labours. +From this same Tribe others had visited Ireland. History +mentions four who preceded St. Patrick. The name of St. +Paul, by many, is connected with a visit to Ireland. It is +very easy to see how Jeremiah, the patron-saint of Judah, would +be installed in such a relation with the Danites after his +death. He was the real sainted patriarch of Ireland. +And by a crafty design of Rome, young Calpurnius was created +sainted patriarch, or St. Patrick, and by this means Rome linked +the greater part of the Irish nation on to herself. Anybody +honest and familiar with history knows that St. Patrick was a +Christian, and in no sense of the word a Roman Catholic. +The fact is, Rome began early to covet Ireland. Once they +got possession, it was necessary for them to destroy the +influence of Jeremiah. This they did, in part, by +substituting the name of St. Patrick in the place of the +prophet’s; and more, they then set to work to destroy even +the old and famous capital city of Tara. In 565 St. +Ruadham, along with a <i>posse</i> of bishops and chiefs of the +South of Ireland, cursed the city, so that neither King nor Queen +might ever rule or reign therein again. They forced the +government, monarchy <!-- page 201--><a name="page201"></a><span +class="pagenum">p. 201</span>and people to abandon the +place. From thence Tara was deserted, and the harp sounded +no more through Tara’s halls. The city thus cursed +crumbled to ruins, and remains to this day buried, awaiting a +glorious resurrection. Rome caught her prize at last; but +neither Rome nor any other power ever enslaved or conquered +Ulster. Beyond the pale—that is, the dividing line, +running from the Boyne to the Shannon—Rome never got, nor +never will. Irishmen clamour for independence, to be free +from England, and wonder why they are not. The reason is +that God cannot trust liberty to them; for a people that yoke +themselves to a foreigner, and give themselves over to be +governed in spiritual matters, would make a poor effort if +trusted with their temporal government. We all know that if +Ireland had been free, she would not long have remained so, for +body, as well as soul, she would have committed to the +Italians. Why Irish Catholics should ask for freedom when +they so voluntarily bind themselves to a foreigner, I fail to +see. As the Protestants of the North have asked, and had +granted, spiritual freedom in the severance of Church and State, +so let the men of the South ask and demand, and stop not short of +freedom from Rome. A free religion is the parent of a free +State, and a free State of free school. A people who are +not wise enough to take care of their own religion, are very +poorly prepared to be the guardians of liberty. My belief +is that Ireland ought to be free. She ought to be an +independent province, with responsible government, as other +English provinces. And once she becomes free religiously, +it will not be long before she will be free politically. +Substitute Jeremiah for St. Patrick, and the Lord Jesus for the +Pope, then the day of freedom will not long tarry.</p> +<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">London</span>: +<span class="smcap">Printed by Robert Banks</span>, <span +class="smcap">Racquet Court</span>, <span class="smcap">Fleet +Street</span>, <span class="smcap">E.C.</span></p> +<h2>Footnotes:</h2> +<p><a name="footnote23"></a><a href="#citation23" +class="footnote">[23]</a> Essay on “Manasseh and the +United States,” by the author, published by Robert Banks, +price 2d.</p> +<p><a name="footnote159"></a><a href="#citation159" +class="footnote">[159]</a> This Discourse we give to the +reader as reported. In all the others we have excluded the +reporter’s introduction and personal references.</p> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST TEN TRIBES, AND 1882***</p> +<pre> + + +***** This file should be named 27177-h.htm or 27177-h.zip****** + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/7/1/7/27177 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +</pre></body> +</html> diff --git a/27177-h/images/coverb.jpg b/27177-h/images/coverb.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..603faef --- /dev/null +++ b/27177-h/images/coverb.jpg diff --git a/27177-h/images/covers.jpg b/27177-h/images/covers.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc5b813 --- /dev/null +++ b/27177-h/images/covers.jpg diff --git a/27177-h/images/p0b.jpg b/27177-h/images/p0b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e46835 --- /dev/null +++ b/27177-h/images/p0b.jpg diff --git a/27177-h/images/p0s.jpg b/27177-h/images/p0s.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c8327e --- /dev/null +++ b/27177-h/images/p0s.jpg diff --git a/27177-h/images/p159.jpg b/27177-h/images/p159.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a936c0e --- /dev/null +++ b/27177-h/images/p159.jpg diff --git a/27177-h/images/p175.jpg b/27177-h/images/p175.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..246cf8d --- /dev/null +++ b/27177-h/images/p175.jpg diff --git a/27177-h/images/p182.jpg b/27177-h/images/p182.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c363cd --- /dev/null +++ b/27177-h/images/p182.jpg |
